LIST OF ACRONYMS - World Bank
REPUBLIC OF UGANDA
________
MINISTRY OF LOCAL GOVERNMENT
PROJECT COORDINATION UNIT
LOCAL GOVERNMENT MANAGEMENT AND SERVICE DELIVERY PROGRAM
(LGMSDP)
________
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK.
FINAL REPORT
July 30, 2007
________
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 BACKGROUND
2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1. CONTEXT AND OBJECTIVES OF THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT MANAGEMENT AND SERVICE DELIVERY PROGRAMME
2. PROJECT COMPONENTS
2.3 INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK
3. BIOPHYSICAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT OF THE COUNTRY
1. BIOPHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT
2. SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
4. OBJECTIVES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK (ESMP)
1. THE OBJECTIVE OF THIS ESMF
2. METHODOLOGY USED TO PREPARE THE ESMF
5. POLICY, LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT
1. POLICY FRAMEWORK
2. LEGAL FRAMEWORK
3. INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK
4. DECENTRALIZATION – LOCAL GOVERNMENT
5. INSTITUTIONAL AND LEGAL CONSTRAINTS
6. OVERVIEW OF THE WORLD BANK’S SAFEGUARD POLICIES
7. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACTS OF THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT PROGRAM
1. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT PROGRAM
2. SOCIAL IMPACTS OF ACTIVITIES OF THE PROGRAM
8. THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCREENING PROCESS
1. THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCREENING PROCESS
2. THE SCREENING STEPS
3. RESPONSIBLITIES FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE SCREENING PROCESS
8.4 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCREENING FORM (ESSF)
9. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ESMP)
1. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF ACTIVITIES
2. INSTITUTIONS RESPONSIBLE FOR IMPLEMENTING AND MONITORING THE MITIGATION MEASURES
3. CAPACITY BUILDING FOR THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT OF THE PROGRAM
4. MONITORING PLAN – MONITRING INDICATORS
5. BUDGET FOR THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT OF THE PROGRAM
9.6 INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT TO NEMA AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS
10. RECOMMENDATIONS
ANNEXES
ANNEX 1: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCREENING FORM (ESSF)
ANNEX 2 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL CHECKLISTS
ANNEX 3: ENVIRONMENTAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACTORS
ANNEX 4: SUMMARY OF THE WORLD BANK PROTECTION POLICIES
ANNEX 5: SAMPLE EIA TERMS OF REFERENCE
ANNEX 6: ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (i.e. Table 1?)
ANNEX 7: NATIONAL MEDICAL WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
ANNEX 8: ENVIRONMENTAL GUIDELINES FOR RURAL WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION SUB-PROJECTS
LIST OF ACRONYMS
BOD Bio-Oxygen Demand
EA Environmental Analysis
EFP : Environmental Focal Point
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMP Environment Management Plan
ENR Environment and Natural resources
ESA Environmental and Social Assessment
ESMF : Environmental and Social Management Framework
ESSF Environment and Social Screening Form
GOU Government of Uganda
HIV/AIDS Human Immunodeficiency Virus/Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome
HLG Higher Local Government
LGDP Local Government Development Program
LGMSDP Local Government Management and Service Delivery Program
LGI Local Government Institution
LLG Lower Local Government
NAA : Non-Governmental Organisation Affairs Agency
NEMA : National Environment Management Authority
NEMAC : National Environmental Management Council
NEMP National Environmental Management Program
NGO Non-Governmental Organization
OP : Operational Policy
PCU Project Coordination Unit
PRSP Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper
RAP Resettlement Action Plan
RPF : Resettlement Policy Framework
RSP Resettlement Screening Plan
SEAF Strategic Environmental Assessment Framework
TAC : Technical Advisory Committee
TOR Terms of Reference
TPC Technical Planning Committee
VDC : Village Development Committee
WB World Bank
[pic]
REPUBLIC OF UGANDA
LOCAL GOVERNMENT MANGEMENT AND SERVICE DELIVERY PROGRAM
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1. Background
The Government of Uganda, in conformity with the constitution and The Local Government Act of 1997 and, in particular, in its CAP 243 transferred the responsibility for service delivery from central to Local Government (LGs).
The second schedule of the Act decentralized environment and natural resources management to LGs. It is within this context that this current project, LGDP 11 has been building up the capacities of LGs, amongst other activities in environmental and social screening, assessment and management of its programme.
To ensure that investments are carried out in an environmentally and socially sustainable manner, the project, in collaboration with the National Environmental Management Authority (NEMA) and others developed an Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) and a Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) to serve as management tools in the execution of the LG programmes.
The objective of this present assignment is to revise these latter framework documents so as to come up with more practical, efficient and effective frameworks for use in the management of the sub-projects of the new Local Government Management and Service Delivery Programme presently being formulated.
2. PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
2.1 Context
This programme, as with LGDP II will evolve within the context of Uganda’s constitution and the Local Government Act of 1997 with all it’s captions and schedules, all regulating the decentralized local government system in Uganda. Under the Component on the Local Development Grant the program will cover all aspects of municipal and rural development includingamong others:
• roads (community feeder roads in particular)
• education facilities such as classrooms, teachers’ houses, desks etc.
• health facilities such as health centres, hospital equipment (beds and matresses, drug and file cabinets, surgical facilities, staff houses, placenter pits etc.;
• rural electrification,
• water supply, which will include protecting wells and springs, water tap stands, boreholes, gravity flow schemes, water reticulation systems for small townships etc.
• sanitation, which will include pit latrine construction, solid waste disposal facilities like skips and refuse bunkers,
• solid and liquid waste disposal,
• drainage,
• markets with their associated water, sanitation and waste disposal facilities,
• entomology, in particular malaria, bilharzia, sleeping sickness control facilities and others,
• bee-keeping, aqua-culture and other community-based income-generating pursuits,
• agriculture, forestry, fisheries and animal husbandry and any other community-based or LG activities.
2.2 The Local Government Structure
The local Government structure, as embodied in the Act of 1997 provides for the system of local government described as follows:
Administratively, Uganda is divided into five levels of local Governments whereby each level has statutory functions with respect to participatory development planning.
The five levels are as follows
Local Government Unit Level
District councils and 5
Kampala City council
County councils and 4
Municipal councils
Sub county councils 3
Town councils
Municipal Divisions
City Divisions
Parish Councils 2
Village Councils 1
There are 80 districts and each district is sub-divided into counties, which in turn are divided into sub- counties/towns followed by parishes and villages. There are 13 Municipal councils, which are divided into Municipal Divisions followed by parishes and villages. There is one city council, which is Kampala City council, which is divided into 4 city divisions.
The District Councils, City Councils, Municipal Councils, Sub councils, Municipal Division Councils and Town councils are Local Governments. The County Councils, Parish Councils and village Councils are administrative Units.
Local Governments are corporate bodies and are charged with the responsibility of providing services, which are stipulated in part 11 of the second Schedule of the Local Government Act 1997 with the following powers, functions and responsibilities devolved to them;
- The powers to prepare approve and implement their own development plans based on locally determined priorities.
- The powers to prepare, approve and implement their own budgets
- The power to raise and utilize their own resources according to their own priorities after making legally mandated transfers.
- The power to make ordinances and by laws as long as they do not contradict the constitution and other national laws.
- The power to hire, manage and dismiss their own staff.
- The powers to manage their own payrolls and separate personnel system.
Local Governments are by law required to formulate three year rolling development plans. The plans should incorporate priorities and plans for lower councils. Also, this statute mandates village and parish executive committees to initiate, encourage and participate in self-help projects and to monitor local governments.
At district and Municipal levels, the District Environment Officer Municipal Environment Officer will be responsible for environment and natural resource management while at lower LGs level it will be an extension officer designated as an Environment Focal Person. The Ministry of Local Government in conjunction with NEMA will advise and guide LGs on the implementation of the ESMF and will carry out periodic monitoring and inspection to ensure compliance with the framework.
The Guidelines to Participatory Planning and Management
The guidelines to Participatory Planning and Management for local governments exist to provide agencies working in communities with a framework that will form the basis for participatory bottom up planning. The guidelines will also serve as a tool to facilitate local government councils to review their performance against previous plans. This guidelines focus very much on Participatory Approaches to Planning, is consistent with the provisions of the Constitution, the Local Government Act 1997, the Decentralization Policy and the LGDP I and 11 followed very closely the provisions in these guidelines. This is now the “bible” as to how the management of planning occurs in local governments, the relationship in this process between the Ministry of Local Government and the Local Government institutions and is fully operational on the ground.
Table 1: Division of Responsibility for Different Categories of Investment Sub-Projects
| |Community projects |Sub-community /town council |District projects |
| | |projects | |
|Identification |Beneficiaries, community level | parish & sub-county/division/town|By the parish passed to |
| | |council |sub-country/division/town council, or by |
| | | |sub-county/divisions/town council then |
| | | |passed to district or by the district. |
|Initial prioritization |Parish development committee, |Investment committee, endorsed by |District Council |
| |endorsed by parish council |local government council | |
|Design/ costing |Investment committee |Investment committee |District Technical Dept.(or service |
| | | |provider, where service cannot be provided|
| | | |by the dept. |
|Appraisal/ screening – |SC/TC Technical Planning |SC/TC Technical Planning Committee|District/Municipal Technical Planning |
|environmental social |Committee facilitated by the |with comments for District |Committee (D/M TPC) facilitated by the |
| |SC/TC EFP |Technical Committee facilitated by|District/Municipal Environment Officer |
| | |the SC/TC EFP |(D/MEO) |
|Allocation/ approval |SC/TC Local Council |SC/TC Local Government Council |District Council |
|Approval of environmental and |advised/guided by the SC/TC EFP|advised/guided by the SC/TC EFP |advised/guided by the D/MEO |
|social screening results | | | |
|Tendering (preparation of |N/A | SC/TC heads of sectors guided by | District/Municipal heads of sectors |
|tender documents) | |advised/guided by the SC/TC EFP on|advised/guided by the D/MEO on environment|
| | |enviroment mitigation measures. |mitigation measures. |
|Construction |Local hire of labour. |. | .Implementation of environment mitigation|
| | |Implementation of environment |measures guided by the D/MEO |
| |Implementation of environment |mitigation measures guided by the | |
| |mitigation measures guided by |SC/TC EFP | |
| |the SC/TC EFP | | |
|Supervision | Sub-Country/ Division/Town | SC/TC TPC guided by the SC/TC EFP|District/Municipal TPCguided by the D/MEO |
| |Council Technical Planning |on implementation of environment |on implementation of the environment |
| |Committee & sector heads |mitigation measures guided by the |mitigation measures |
| |District Tech. Dept or Service |SC/TC EFP Implementation of | |
| |Provider. |environment mitigation measures | |
| | |guided by the SC/TC EFP technical | |
| | |committee | |
|Monitoring |Project management committee, |Project management committee, |Project management committee, District TPC|
| |local council, parish chief, | | |
| |SC/TC | | |
| |Environmental Focal PersonPoint| | |
|Ownership |Project Management committee |Various possibilities: a) parish |Various possibilities: |
| | |or sub-county/division/town |parish or sub-country/division/town |
| | |council, |council, |
| | |b) CBO |CBO, |
| | |c) local council |Local Council |
| | | |District |
|Operation and maintenance of |User group arrangements, |Owners responsibility, but |Owners responsibility plus district |
|environmental |project management committees |Sub-County/ Division/ Town Council|recurrent costs; project management |
| | |if recurrent costs at that level, |committees/ |
| | |Project Management Committee. | |
2.3 Development Objectives
2.3.1 Program objectives and phases
The overall program objective (PO) is the long term sustainable development in phases over the next ten years. The PO should be grounded and aligned with government policies and intstitutional priorities over time.It should be linked to the PRSP/PEAP/UJAS, FINMAP, Decentralisation Policy Strategies Framework (DPSF) and the LGSIP.
The project will enhance LGs’ ability to plan, develop and manage human and financial resources effective and sustainable delivery of local government services.
It is intended that the proposed project will be implimented in three phases over ten years. The IDA will support each phase distinctly through a portion of an Adaptable Program Loan. (ALP). Each phase will have programs focusing on development of institutions, building capacity and advancing sector reforms. Each phase will be evaluated to determine constraints encountered during implemention.
This will facilitate continuous adjustment to the program design, early risk identification, and incorporation of corrective measures before expanding to other phases. All phases will have the same Program Objective. APLs have proven to be useful lending instruments that address complex reform programs with long gestational periods and within highly sensitive and volatile environments. It is a vehicle for moving from narrow, time-limited investiment projects to a more comprehensive sector-wide and sustained program.
APL Triggers:
The triggers must be well-defined milestones for moving from one phase of an APL to the next and linking the disbursements of funds with the progress in program implementation towards the longer term program objectives. For the first phase APL, the triggers are anchored in the country sector strategy as well as the institutional capacity. It should focus on essential policy, institutional or physical program for follow-on phase.It must be quantifiable and specific.The benchmarks for each phase are measurements of the progress on the triggers for each phase.
Result Framework And Monitoring
This includes the program development objectives, the anticipated outcome from the proposed program, the outputs from each of the proposed components, and the indicators to be used to monitor and evaluate the performance of the program.
During the presentaion of this program, outcome/ outputs and the indicators to be used will be discussed and agreed upon with stakeholders and refined so that the implementation of the program can be monitored.
2.3.2 Desription of the Program Components
The proposed LGMSD program has the following components which would be implemented subject to approval by the IDA Executive Directors, over a three year period 2007-2010.
Component 1- Support to the Public Financial Management Reform Program
The objective of this component is to strengthen Public Financial Management at central and local government levels and ensure the efficient, effective, transparent and accountable use of public resources as a basis for poverty eradication and improved service delivery. The sub-components and activities are under two categories:
a) Support to the Financial Management and Accountability Programme (FINMAP)
The FINMAP has six componentsn namely ; Economic Planning, Budget Systems, Financial Management Services, Oversight, Local Government Financial Management Systems and Management Coordination.
The IDA’s support towards the FINMAP will mainly be towards the support of its following components:
i) Component 3 : Financial Management Systems in MDAs where the support will mainly be towards the roll out of the Oracle Financials[1] based Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) to 28 agency and ministry sites;
ii) Component 5 : Local Government Financial Management Systems where the support will mainly be towards the roll out of the IFMS to a potential 32 sites split between the First Tier IFMS and Second Tier IFMS[2]. The second tier IFMS will be first piloted then later rolled out. Under the third tier, strengthen the existing manual accounting systems in 79 districts, 13 municipalities, 92 town councils and 857 sub-counties; and
iii) Component 6 : Management Support where IDA will provide resources for the management team of the FINMAP.
(b) Local Government PFM Reform Program
The support will mainly be towards four activities: (i) professional training and capacity building for accountants, procurement staff, inspectors and District Local Government Public Accounts Committees (LGPACs); (ii) interventions in good governance that will include mainstreaming the key elements of the Good Governance and Anti-Corruption Strategy in LGs and strengthening procurement in district Procurement and Disposal Units; (iii) increase local government revenue mainly through supporting the effective collection of the new taxes; and (iv) strengthening the monitoring and supervision function of the MoLG Inspectorate Department that will include setting up an Internal Audit and Procurement Supervision unit.
Component 2 : Support to the Decentralization Policy Strategic Framework
Component 2 has four sub-components listed below.
a) Sub-component 1 : Local Development/Community Driven Development Grant
The component will avail discretionary development budget to LGs and communities to facilitate them to provide services consistent with the PEAP objectives and sectors’ service delivery norms/standards.
The Objectives of the LDG – The LDG will be accessed by all the LGs and communities to achieve the following objectives:
• To support LGs with discretionary development funds to deliver quality and sustainable basic services
• Empower communities to effectively participate in the planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of community-level initiatives for service delivery and livelihoods.
• Integrate a CDD approach into decentralized service delivery systems by creating a mechanism within local government for channeling harmonized support to community-level activities.
LGs will use the LDG to undertake complementary activities which will make existing investments more functional rather than investing in new infrastructures. The choice of the investments will be guided by the service delivery packages (menu) provided by sectors. The CDD menu will focus on ‘software’ activities (change management), productive investments and small-scale investments that communities themselves can implement and maintain.
b) Sub-component 2 : Support to the Local Governments in Northern Uganda Grant
The objective of this sub-component is to strengthen local government institutions in Northern Uganda for improved service delivery. The project will support activities in the following areas: (i) recruitment and retention of local government staff; (ii) training and technical assistance; (iii) construction, refurbishment and retooling of local government offices; (iv) urban planning and development in emerging growth centres; and (v) monitoring and evaluation.
The package of support included in this sub-component reflects discussions with the Ministry of Local Government over the last two years. However, the activities will be dependent on the finalisation of the Government of Uganda’s Peace Recovery and Development Plan (PRDP) for the North and the commitments of other development partners.
c)Sub-component 3 : Capacity Building
This component will build the capcities of MoLG staff and that of LGs to be able to play their statutory roles in a professional manner and more effiently and effectively.
Component 3- Institutional and Policy Support to Government
The objective of this component is to support the process of change management within the Ministry of Local Government (MoLG) and local governments (LGs) such that work methods and modes of delivering local government services are realigned to enhance coordination within a multi-sectoral framework. In addition to providing support to the management and coordination of activities being carried out under the program, in a broad sense the component will support:
i) the processes of realignment and strengthening of MoLG to enhance its ability to oversee the implementation of newly-introduced sectoral reforms;
ii) activities related to the aftermath of restructuring of local governments with a view to ensuring that the capacity demands created are satisfied;
iii) facilitating the dissemination and institutionalization of service delivery standards and packages within the LGs;
iv) strengthening and improving the coordination of the delivery of services in the urban planning areas; and
v) enhancing the national assessment and audit processes and strengthening sectoral monitoring and evaluation (M&E) systems to improve performance management at the LG level.
The implementation of ESMF and the RPF will be supported by component 2 (Support to the decentralisation Policy strategic framework) and component 3 ( Institutional and Policy Support to Government).
The LGMSDP was assessed as Environmental Category B program.
3. BIOPHYSICAL AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT OF THE COUNTRY
3.1. Location
Uganda has an area of 241,500 km² and is bounded by Sudan to the North, the Democratic Republic of the Congo to the west, Tanzania and Rawanda to the South and Kenya to the East. 15.3% of it’s land area is covered by water.
Uganda contains and shares some of the world’s most important eco-systems with it’s neighbours and beyond and notably Lakes Victoria, Albert, Edward, The Nile Basin, it’s mountain systems such as the Rowenzeri, Elgon and Virungas series as well as several parks.
It has a crucial role to play in the conservation of biodiversity in the sub-region and the world at large.
3.2 Climate and Vegetation
Climate
The Inter-Tropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ) and the air currents such as the southeast and northeast monsoons influence the climate in Uganda. In most parts of the country, the seasons are fairly well marked- as rainy and dry seasons. Depending on the elevation and landscape, the mean temperature over the whole country show great variations. However, in areas adjacent to water bodies such as Lake Victoria, maritime conditions tend to modify the temperatures. The variation in mean monthly and annul evaporation rates are much smaller that corresponding variations in rainfall, which respectively, are 10-20% and 20-40% in the southern and northern parts of the country. The movement of the ITCZ is to a great extent responsible for the variations in meteorological factors that determine evaporation.
Taking precipitation in a given area as the dependent variable, Uganda has fourteen climate zones (figure 2.3). Based on hydro-climatic studies, two zones M and C in the southern region were subdivided along longitude 30 75’ in order to show clearly the relatively dry column along what is popularly known as the cattle corridor. Zone A1 covering the western lake basin, which extends into Masaka and Rakai was also subdivided into two zones in order to separate the eastern part where rainfall is much higher than the western parts with lower precipitation. This gives a total of 7 zones. The future intention is to further subdivide a few more zones, particularly zone B, where there are rather wide variations in the spatial rainfall amounts (WRMD 2003).
When further considered with agriculture and altitude, one can identify two highland agriculture zones in Uganda and seven zones with different agro-climatic potential.
[pic]
Table 2
Average pentad wetness indices for all zones
| |
| |1404 |1472 |1255 |
|HIGHALT |A. |High altitude moorland and heath |Mainly above 3000m, and including the giant species of senecio and |
| | | |lobelia, as well as ice and rocks. |
|FORESTED |B. |High altitude forests |Montana forests, above 1500m, and including bamboo zones in some places. |
| |C. |Medium altitude moist evergreen |Widespread below 1 500m |
| | |forests | |
| |D. |Medium altitude moist semi-deciduous|Also widespread, typically in the areas of lower rainfall. |
| | |forest | |
| |F. |Forest / savanna mosiaics |These can extend as high as 3000m, with forest in the valleys and savanna |
| | | |on the ridges, maintained by fire. |
|MOIST |G. |Moist thickets |Thickets can occur as climax vegetation, but also as pot-cultivation |
|SAVANNAS | | |precursors of forest. |
| |H. |Woodlands |“..have neither the many layers structure of the forests nor the dense, |
| | | |dominant grass layer of the savannas” (L-B) |
| |J. |Moist accia savanna |Probably derived from forest by “Long continued cutting and burning (L-B) |
| |K. |Moist Combretum savannas |Dominated by combretum trees and hyparrhenia grasses |
| |L. |Busyrospermum savanna |Typical of monomodal rainfall zones in the area of former cultivation. |
|DRY LANDS |M. |Palm savanna |Dominated by borassus palms, the grasslands are maintained by fire. |
| |N. |Dry combretum savanna |Fire influenced this type again, acacia is often present too |
| |P. |Dry acacia savanna | |
| |Q |Grass savanna |Extensive tall grasslands, dominated by themeda trindra or species of |
| | | |hyparrhenia |
| |R. |Tree and Shrub steppes |Typical of areas with 6-700mm a year of rain, with many small trees |
| | | |shrubs. |
| |S. |Grass steppes |Areas of short grass and bare ground, mainly in Karamoja |
| |T. |Bush lands |There are characteristic of overgrazed areas which would otherwise be more|
| | | |open savannas |
| |V. |Dry thickets |Dense spiny trees and shrubs which can become almost impenetrable |
|WETLANDS |W. |Communities on sites with impended |Most extensive in valley bottoms and often with large termite mounds |
| | |drainage |covered by thickets |
| |WW. |Open water |Not an L-B category, but obviously important. standing water less than 6m |
| | | |deep is classified as wetland under the Ramsar convention. |
| |X. |Swamp |Permanent swaps, often dominated by papyrus and other macrophytes |
| |Y. |Swamp forests |Seasonally or in some cases permanent flooded forests occur most notably |
| | | |in Sango Bay area. |
|POST |Z. |Post –Cultivation communities |In the days shifting cultivation, post – cultivation communities were wide|
|CULTIVATION | | |spread: but many are now cultivated more-or-lass permanently. |
|Note: our own assessment |
Source: pomeroy et al (2002)
Table 4 correspondence between language-brown vegetation types (row) and national biomass categories (column) figures are in sq km.
| | |Broadleaved tree |Coniferous plantations |
| | |plantations or | |
| | |woodlots | |
|Population aged less than 5 years |19.3 |18.9 |18.6 |
|Population aged 6 – 12 years |22.7 |23.3 |22.0 |
|Population aged less than 15 years |46.2 |47.3 |49.3 |
|Population aged less than 18 years |51.4 |53.8 |56.1 |
|Population aged 10 – 24 years |27.8 |33.3 |34.3 |
|Population aged 18 – 30 years |21.7 |23.6 |22.4 |
|Population aged 60 years or more |5.9 |5.0 |4.5 |
|Median age |17.2 |16.3 |15.6 |
3.4 Morphology, Relief and Drainage
Morphology and Relief
Most of Uganda forms part of the interior plateau of the African continent. Uganda is characterized by flat-topped hills in the central, western and eastern parts of the country. The rise of the plateau in the eastern and western part of the country is represented by spectacular mountain topography located along the borders as, for example, the Rwenzori mountains and Mufumbira volcanoes in the west and Mt. Elgon, Mt. Moroto, Mt. Murungole and Mt. Timu in the east. On a straight-line alignment, Mt. Otce in Moyo District is the highest point from the Uganda border up to Cairo, Egypt.
Drainage
Most of the rivers in the southern part of the country drain into Lake Victoria. The waters of the lake them drain the Owen Falls Dam; traversing Victoria Nile and Lake Kyoga into Lake Albert (Lake Albert also receives water from DRC mainly through river Swmliki), the Albert Nile or White Nile in Sudan, down to the Mediterranean sea through Egypt. The drainage pattern represents past geolological adjustments, which include the reversal of the direction of flow of the rivers in Uganda, which originally flowed westwards to Lake Victoria. Areas of impended flow are due to the influence of warping and are associated with the wetland areas. The lakes in Uganda cover almost one-fitfth of the total are of ht country, Lake Victoria, shared with Kenya and Tanzania, is the biggest water body and has spectacular scenic contrasts. It is the second largest fresh water lake in the world. Other lakes of interest are the crater lakes on the western part of the country associated with the western rift valley. The management of the waters and fisheries of lake Victoria, Edward and Albert, which are trans boundary, calls for the need for cooperation with neighboring countries with whom Uganda shares these water bodies. This cooperation is strong in the case of Lake Victoria largely for historical and colonial reasons, but not so for the others as yet. Nevertheless, it is gratifying to note that Uganda, the DRC and other countries have formed the Nile Basin Initiative.
Geology and Soils
The geological formations of Uganda reveal very old rocks formed in the pre-Cambrian era around 3000 or 600 million years ago. The younger rocks are either sediments or of volcanic origin, formed from about 135 million years ago (cretaceous period) to the present. Thus, a gap of about 460 million years remains in the knowledge of the geological history of Uganda. A number of parameters define the soils of Uganda and these include parent rock, and the age of soil and climate. The most dominant soil type in ferralistic soil, which accounts for about two-thirds of the soils found in the country. Based on studies carried out in the past (NEMA 1996), Uganda’s soils are divided into six categories according to productivity: (a) very high to high productivity, (b) moderate productivity, (c) fair productivity, (e) low productivity (e) negligible productivity and (f) zero productivity. The high productivity soils cover only 8% of the area of Uganda (MWLE 2001). Considering the country’s size, this is indeed a small area. Therefore, moderate and fair productivity soils must be effectively managed in order to sustain Uganda’s agriculture. Furthermore, through intensive but sustainable agricultural practices, yields on low productivity soils can be enhanced.
3.5. Natural Resources
Atmospheric Resources
Climate is an important resource. Of concern to Ugandans are issues of climate change and climate variability, both imposing adverse impacts on livelihoods, especially of the rural poor. Global research indicates the direct linkage of biodiversity and climate change. The country is a net sink for greenhouse gases. But atmospheric gases know no national boundaries, hence Uganda is also impacted adversely by increases and fluctuation is the earth’s temperature. Increased frequencies of floods and droughts are manifestations of climate change. The erratic onset and cessation of rain as a result of climate variability make it difficult for farmers to plan when to plant crops. There have been instances of frequent crop failures of late. Hence, to reduce vulnerability to the deleterious effects of climate changes and climate variability, adaptation plans including early warning systems need to be put in place.
Terrestrial Resources
Land resources and agriculture
Land is a limiting factor in production. Access to land is increasingly becoming difficult, especially for the poorer segments of society. Land degradation, especially through soil erosion is the single largest contributor to the annual cost of environmental degradation. Loss of soil nutrients is the reason the country’s adjusted net savings are negative, in the absence of other compensatory factors.
With respect to agriculture, the country’s dominant development pathways are: expansion of cereal production; expansion of banana-coffee production; non-farm development; expansion of horticulture; expansion of cotton; and stable coffee production pathways all have implications for the environment which will have to be addressed whichever pathways are followed.
Forestry Resources
Except for some recent policy failures, the loss of forest cover in gazetted areas has been reducing and total cover is stabilising. Unfortunately, forests in protected areas make up only 30% of the national forest cover. The remaining 70% are on private and customary land where deforestation rates are high as a result of conversion of forest areas into agricultural and pastoral land. Furthermore, the country’s harvestable timber resources are almost exhausted. Hence, to increase forest cover and ensure increased supply of timber, the Sawlog Production Grant Scheme and other licensing measures including charging economic rents for timber are in place. Furthermore, to ensure that rural communities are being promoted this sector activities. In recognition of the scarcity of land and goods and services provided by trees, agro-forestry schemes are also being promoted as integral components of farming practices.
Rangeland resources and livestock production
Rangelands, mostly found in the ‘cattle corridor’ occupy 107 000km2 or 44% of the country’s land area. In some places, the conditions of the rangelands are deplorably over-grazed or, and through wind and soil erosion, bare. The rangelands are also located in arid and semi-arid areas, themselves fragile ecosystems. In the extreme, pasture and water scarcities are contributing to frequent conflicts between cultivators and pastoralist in the first place, and among pastoralists themselves.
The number of cattle, goats and sheep is on the increase and hence there is need to pay attention to the carrying capacity of Uganda’s rangelands. There is anecdotal evidence that in some locals the carrying capacities of the rangelands are being exceeded. Unfortunately, nobody knows for sure. The need for a livestock census including off-takes, rangelands’ conditions and carrying capacities is crucial at this time.
On the other hand, piggery and poultry are intensive operation. Large scale piggery and poultry operation can generate significant pollution problems. From 1999 to 2003, the number of pigs and birds has reduced somewhat for a variety of reasons.
Wildlife resources
Conservation or resistance to it, are the driving forces influencing Uganda’s wildlife resources. Wildlife constitutes an important resource base for the country – as a source of food and materials,for recreation, tourism, nature studies, scientific research. Wildlife resources occur in protected and un-protected areas. By 1994, wildlife populations whether inside or outside protected areas represented a small fraction of what they were in the 1960s, with some species such as both the black and the white rhino becoming extinct. By 2004, the populations of wildlife in protected areas had stabilised, and some even increased, although marginally so. Outside protected areas, the decline in wildlife population continues almost unabated as a result of increased off-take, the blocking of migratory routes and habitat conversions, among others. The Uganda Wildlife Authority is piloting the conservation of wildlife populations outside protected areas through measures such as the operationalisation of the different classes of wildlife use right provided for in the Wildlife Act. Also, communities adjacent to wildlife protected areas are being encouraged to appreciate the presence of wildlife through benefits (including revenue) sharing.
Mineral resources
Reading from geological formations, there is a significant mineral potential in the country. However, the exact locations of commercially-exploitable deposits in most cases are unknown. Of the ones that are known, on a base case scenario, the value of mineral production is expected to rise from the 2003 figure of $12 million to over $100 million/ year. While on the best case the value is expected to increase to over $200 million/year. However, the realisation of these projections is contingent upon obtention of sufficient pre-investment capital for prospection and capital for production.
When increased mineral production is realized, it will bring with it higher levels on pollution which will have to be mitigated, through among others, the use of EIA guidelines for the Mining Sector and regular supervision of mining operations.
Aquatic Resources
Wetlands
Wetland covers about 13% of the area of Uganda and provides a number of direct and indirect values to the people of the country. Up to late 1980s, wetlands were generally considered ‘wastelands’ to be reclaimed for agriculture in rural areas, and ‘drained’ as anti-malaria measures in urban settings. By 1994, the need for conservation was realised and the process of formulating an appropriate policy on wetlands was initiated..
By 2001, wetlands came to be regarded as ‘granaries of water’. From being a project in 1994, wetlands had by 2005 obtained an institutional home within government structure. Wetlands are now better known and better characterised with detailed information up to the district level. The 56 districts then existing by 2004 all had District Wetland Action Plans. Some communities in a few districts have gone ahead and prepared Community Wetlands Action
Plans. The management of wetlands is governed by a 10 year Wetlands Sector Strategic Plan which qualified for funding under the Poverty Reduction Action Fund. Despite such an impressive achievement the implementation of the various action plans is constrained by lack of resources.
Furthermore, despite a wide array of achievements, wetlands, degradation is still evident- some for basic survival needs of the poor, others as a saving measure where land purchase prices are high, and yet others are the result of ignorance about ownership and legal boundaries of wetlands. Perhaps the most important reason for continued wetland degradation is weak enforcement of the applicable environmental laws and fairly low levels of awareness among policy makers and rural communities.
Water
Water is life, and Uganda has significant quantities of the resource. From both hydrological and social water scarcity considerations at the moment, Uganda is not water stressed. However, by 2025, indications are that there will be reason to worry as a result of increasing demands for human, livestock, wildlife, irrigation and industrial water. Uganda is ranked in a group of countries that must plan to secure more that twice the amount of water they used as 1998 in order to meet reasonable future requirements.
The quality of the water from available sources is another area of concern principally as a result of pollution – residential, industrial and agricultural land discharges into the open water bodies. To some extent the buffering capacity of wetlands is making a contribution towards reductions in pollution, but this will continue only if the integrity of the wetlands can be sustained.
Fisheries
The fisheries resource of Uganda has been an important source of high quality solid animal protein. On average Ugandans were consuming about 13kg/person/year by 1994. As of 2005, this consumption was estimated to have declined to about 13kg/person/year, mainly as a result of increasing scarcity and cost. Exports of fish products are also on the increase. The twin effect of increases in domestic consumption as a result of population growth, the higher levels of export demand has pushed fisheries capture close to its long-run sustainable supply and is threatening to exceed it. There is evidence of localised over-fishing in certain water bodies. Two lakes (Victoria and Kyoga) and two species (Nile Perch and Tilapia) account for over 80% of annual harvest, implying a high level of selectivity. On the other hand, the Nile Perch, a carnivore, is having a divesting effect of the fish biodiversity of the Victoria and Kyoga.
A few fisheries policies are in place and seek to address, among others, enhanced aquaculture development by adding 100 000 tonnes per year in the fisheries capture of about 330 000 tonnes so as to raise combined long run sustainable supply to 430 000 tones at least. The development of aquaculture at this magnitude will call for a combination of commercial and artisanal products. Both modes of production have the potential to generate significant adverse environmental impacts which need to be mitigated.Due to the uniqueness of acquacuture, specific environmental environment impact assessment guidance may have to be developed for this activity.
Cross-Sectoral Resources
Energy
The dominant source of energy in Uganda is biomass and this is expected to remain so in the foreseeable future inspite of plans to increase hydropower energy production. However, the share of clean energy in total consumption is gradually increasing, in part as a result of programs like the Energy for Rural Transformation. Production of energy is being liberalized, attracting an increasing interest among private investors. The adverse environmental effects of clean production are mitigated through the EIA guidelines for Uganda 1997 and the EIA guidelines for the Energy Sector.
Biomass energy will continue to be an important source of energy, especially for the rural poor, who constitute the majority of Ugandans. In some districts, the scarcity of biomass is already beginning to have impacts on the quality of food prepared. Households are opting for easy to cook but often less nutritious foods. There is need to encourage agro-forestry practices so that households can raise their own biomass energy requirements in conjunction with farming practices.
There are some efforts to diversify clean energy sources through the promotion of some renewable energy such as solar and biogas. Unfortunately, the investments required are still at a level which the rural poor cannot afford. Geothermal energy on the other hand, has potential for increased electricity production. There are at least two promising sites awaiting development.
Biodiversity
Uganda is endowed with a very rich and varied biodiversity due to its biogeographical setting, varied altitudinal range and extensive drainage systems. This biodiversity is a national asset supporting rural livelihoods and contributing to commercial economic activities. The contribution of Uganda’s biodiversity resources, organisms or parts thereof, population or other biotic components of ecosystems with actual or potential value for humanity has been estimated at $1000 million per year, balanced against economic costs of $ 202 million plus loses to other economic activities of about $49 million per year.
While Uganda continues to lose some of its rich biodiversity, the rate of loss has been reduced somewhat. Reflected in terms of living Uganda Index, the country out-performs Planet Earth as a whole when Living Planet Index is considered. The loss of biodiversity in protected areas has to a great extent been stopped and the trend reversed between 1990 and 2005. Outside protected areas biodiversity loss was still continuing as of 2005. the loss of biodiversity is largely the result of habitat conversion and introduction of exotic species.
Tourism
The rich biodiversity is one of the reasons tourist come to Uganda. The projection of the tourists arrival from a base of 68 000 in 1993 was about 140 000 by 2002. In retrospect this projection turned out to be conservative because by 2002, actual tourist arrival reached an impressive number of 254,000 and by 2004, this number had increased to over 500 000 tourists who generated gross foreign exchange earnings of $31 million. Still more tour revenues are needed if protected areas are to move towards higher levels of financial self-sufficiency instead of depending on government subventions and development-partner assistance.
Increased levels of tourist arrivals have several implications for the environment. First, there are potential adverse impacts as a result of the interaction of different cultures. Second, continued growth in tourists numbers may move towards and gradually beyond the carrying capacity of tourist attractions. Thirdly, the development in infrastructure such as roads and lodges also come with potential adverse impacts which have to be mitigated.
While the growth in tourist numbers and earnings in the aggregate is welcome, it also raises equality issues. For example, rural communities are currently receiving minimal benefits from tourism; and their participation in tourism ventures is limited.
3.6. THE SOCIO-ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT
Human settlements, housing and urbanizations
In general and particularly in rural areas, settlement patterns are wasteful of land and increase the cost of providing services to the areas. The settlements are also largely unplanned; and where plans exist they are often not adhered to.
The quality of Ugandans’ housing has improved over the years. When compared to the situation in 1991 where over 85% of the houses in both urban and rural areas has rammed earthen floors, by 2oo2 only 29% urban and 77% rural houses had the same. The use of mud and pole for walls has also declined relieving the pressure somewhat on the natural forests and woodland areas, but this change may also mean more clay mining for bricks and stone quarrying both of which have adverse impacts on the environment unless mitigated.
Although Uganda is one of the least urbanized countries in the world in absolute terms, the urban population is growing. Beginning from about 635 00 in 1969, the urban population increased to 938 00 in 1980, 1,890,000 in 1991 and 2 922 00 in 2002. The urban population is also growing faster (3.7%) than the national average (3.4%). The growth in the urban population means that pollution issues such as solid wastes management, and the provision of adequate safe water and acceptable level of sanitation coverage will have to be addressed.
Safe water and sanitation
Access to safe water and sanitation in both urban and rural areas has increased compared to the situation 10 years ago. For example in 1991, only 11 towns had the services of the National Water and Sewage Cooperation. Now the corporation covers 19 towns. By 2004, rural access to safe drinking water had increased to 57% while the urban one was at 67%. If current trends continue, and incremental investment funds are procured, Uganda should meet it’s Millennium Development Goal on water supply.
While safe water access per se has improved, functionality of water points is another key issue. Also, the costs of water in urban areas and the distance traveled to and queuing at water points in rural areas easily undermine accessibility. As far as sanitation is concerned, latrines coverage, the board indicator (as a measure) of environmental health had improved from 41.7% in 1999 to in 2002.
Pollution
As Uganda’s urban areas increases in number and the urban population grows, pollution, whether air, noise, water solid waste, are emerging as significant issues in environmental management. Standards have been established for noise and air pollution and effluent discharge,but enforcement of the standards notwithstanding is still inadequate. However, while guidelines have been developed for solid waste management, a stronger law is required and the pre-requisite is a national policy on solid waste management.
The Uganda Cleaner Production Center is assisting several companies to reduce wastes generation, by conserving raw materials, substitution of toxic and dangerous materials, and recovering, recycling and re-using by-products, among others.
Poverty
Headcount poverty has declined from 56% of the national population in 1992 to 38% by 2004. On the other hand, the gap between the rich and the poor is widening. For the poor, natural resources constitute important ‘gift of nature’ and social safety nets on which their livelihoods depend all the time or at certain critical periods such as droughts.
The poor are agents of environmental degradation because they have limited livelihoods alterative. They are also at the same time victims of environmental degradation because their coping abilities are limited.
Environmental health
Over 80% of all the diseases in Uganda can be ascribed to poor environmental conditions. Malaria is the number one killer disease because mosquitoes have fertile breeding grounds. Water-borne diseases or water-related deseases are a result of poor sanitation. Respiratory diseases are encouraged by poorly ventilated houses and dusty environments as well as congestion in such dwellings.
The sick cannot be counted on to invest in environmental management, such as proper soil and water conservation measures. The sick are also unable to be productive and look for opportunities elsewhere, hence resulting in a heavy dependency in the available natural resources in the immediate vicinity.
Treatment costs mean the diversion of a greater share of household income to purchase drugs and to consult with medical personnel, leaving little else for other expenditures, including purchase of food items. It is no wonder then that malnutrition is one of the important health problems among infants and young children in Uganda.
Cultural heritage
Cultural heritage is part of humanity’s link with the world and it’s past, it’s achievements and discoveries. The National Environmental Act provides for the protection of the country’s cultural heritage. Approximately 187 cultural, historical and para- archeological sites have been identified and there specific locations recorded.
Unfortunately, Uganda’s cultural heritage had not featured prominently among the county’s tourist attractions. Yet the promotion of cultural heritage as a tourist attraction could enhance community participation and even bring districts on board with respect to tourism.
4. OBJECTIVES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK (ESMF)
4.1. The objective of this ESMF
The objective of this ESMF is to provide an environmental and social screening process for the implementation of future Local Government investments and activities at all levels (village, parish, sub-county, county municipal and districts). Since the precise locations and potential negative localized impacts of future sub-projects could not be identified prior to appraisal, the project has prepared this ESMF, That is, as per the design, the LGMSD program will provide discretionary capital development grants whereby the LGs and the communities will identifytheir priority projectsduring the planning cycle of every financial year. Hence sub-projects will only be known towards the end of every financial year (April/May) when the three year rolling Development Plans of Local Governments are nearing completion. For this reason, therefore, the actual LGMSD sub-projects and activities cannot be described nor their specific adverse effects and mitigation measures.
The ESMF is intended to be used as a practical tool during project formulation, design, implementation and monitoring. It describes the steps involved in identifying and
mitigating the potential adverse environmental and social impacts of future investment activities. It also provides guidance in cases where the screening results indicate that a separate Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is required.
This ESMF has been prepared in recognition of the fact that Uganda’s regulations on EIA includes a tool only for pre-assessment of projects based on preliminary environmental information. The provisions of the national laws on EIA are less comprehensive than those of the World Bank’s OP.4.01: Environmental Assessment which calls for the environmental screening of all Bank-financed projects, and subsequently the assignment of an environmental category, ranging from category A (significant negative impacts); to category B (impacts less significant than those of category A) and which can be mitigated effectively); to category C (no significant environmental impacts, and hence, no additional environmental work required), and FI for financial intermediary operations.
In addition, the assessment form for projects at the level of the NEMA seem not only very brief and even incomplete in the procedures for project classification but also in the conditions for the execution of related environmental assessments.
To close this gap, an Environmental and Social Screening Form (ANNEX 1) contained in this report has been designed to assist in the evaluation of planned sub-project investments under this programme.The form is designed to place information in the hands of implementers and reviewers so that impacts and their mitigation measures, if any, can be identified and/or that requirements for further environmental impact assessment be determined.
According to Ugandan Environmental laws, specific investment activities require EIAs, whereas there are no clear EIA requirements for activities of a smaller scale, but which might have negative localized impacts that would require appropriate mitigation. This is the reason why this project will use the environmental and social screening process outlined in this ESMF. This process will allow the LGs to identify, assess and mitigate potential negative environmental and social impacts at the conception and planning stages of investment activities, and, if necessary, carry out separate EIAs for sub-projects should the screening results indicate the need for such.
The ESSF contains information that will allow reviewers to determine the characteristics of the prevailing local bio-physical and social environment with the aim to assess the potential adverse impacts due to the construction, rehabilitation and operation of a variety of sub-projects on this environment. The ESSF will also identify potential socio-economic impacts that will require mitigation measures and/or resettlement and compensation. As mentioned earlier, any resettlement and/or compensation measures will be implemented in accordance with the RPF, and the requisite Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) will have to be completed and implemented before any investment activities can begin.
The ESMF includes an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the project’s implementation. This EMP outlines the institutional arrangements for the implementation of mitigation and monitoring measures, the requisite time horizons, and cost estimates for these activities under the proposed program. A summary table is provided in chapter 9. The EMP will be included in the Program Implementation Manual.
As stated earlier, the proposed screening process would be consistent with the Bank’s safeguard policy OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment. This policy requires that all Bank-financed operations are screened for potential environmental and social impacts, and that the required environmental work be carried out on the basis of the screening results. Thus, the screening results may indicate that (i) no additional environmental work would be required; (ii) the application of simple mitigation measures by qualified staff would suffice; or, (iii) a separate environmental impact assessment (EIA) would be required.
It should be noted that any sub-projects that have been assigned the environmental category A will not be funded, because the parent project has been categorized as B.
Although the potential negative environmental and social impacts of local government projects’activities are generally minimal, potentially significant localized impacts may occur, thus requiring appropriate mitigation. Potential negative environmental impacts such as pollution, waste management, loss of vegetation, soil erosion, soil and groundwater pollution, risks linked to pesticides use and medical waste management will be addressed at the level of the TPCs with District sector managers providing the best practices to be incorporated into the sub-project design.
The specific dispositions in this regard will be incorporated in the EMPs for the sub-projects in question.
Potential social impacts due to land acquisition such as loss of assets, livelihoods or loss of access to economic assets would be addressed in the context of the Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF). The RPF has been prepared as a separate document and outlines the policies and procedures to be applied in the event of land acquisition, loss of assets and access to resources and services amongst other impacts.
4.2 Methodology used to prepare the ESMF
The present ESMF and the RPF was prepared based on the following methodology
Review of existing literature including but not limited to:
State of the Environment Report in Uganda, 2004/2005 by NEMA,
Guidelines and Appraisal Formats for Investments in the Production sector,2004
Project Implementation Plan for the Local Government Development Program 11 (LGDP11), 2005,
Strategy Paper for Public Financial Management Reform Program (PFMRP), 2005,
District and Urban Councils Development Planning Guidelines, 2006,
The LGDP 11 Project Concept Document,
The National Environment Statute 1995,
The Environment Checklists for Districts/Municipalities, Sub-counties/Town Councils and Parishes/Wards with the appropriate mitigating measures for predicted adverse impacts,
World Bank Safeguard Policies,
The Local Government Act, 1997,
Capacity Building and institutional Development for succesor program to LGDP11 (LGMSD).
Review of the Land Tenure System including resettlement issues such as compensation and conflict resolution mechanisms.
Consultations were carried out with the Physical Planning Commission, NEMA, the land authority, agriculture, fisheries, works either in Kampala or in the field
In view of the new dcentralised local government structures, discussions on both the ESMF and RPF were not separable, the two being structurally linked both administratively and technically.
Discussions were also held with key institutions of Local Government, Communities, NGOs and all other stakeholders in order to better articulate the requirements of environmental and social management of the developments and services to be provided under this program.
Field visits were made to five districts and two municipalities with the view to evaluating the constraints encountered in the implementation of sound environmental and social management plans, particularly for LGDP I and II, and to ascertain stakeholders’ views regarding the proposed project.
The Districts and Municipalities retained were as follows;
• Kabale District,
Mbarara Municipality and District,
Arua District,
Hoima District,
Jinja Municipality,
Tororo District,
Kampala Municipality.
The key issues discussed at these consultations were:
• constraints encountered in the management of environmental and social issues arising out of the execution of the investment program components under LGDP 1 and 11 and to attempt to present appropriate options to attenuate if not eliminate these constraints in the successor program,LGMSDP,
• to assess crucial elements of environmental management relevant to LGDP II and the proposed successor program investment activities envisaged by Uganda and the World Bank and, in particular:
a) water and sanitation facilities; the needs, siting, quality and maitenance,
b) liquid waste treatment and disposal of effluents,
c) solid waste disposal-separation and recycling toxic and hazardous wastes,
d) sewerage treatment and disposal of effluents,quality of effluents and residues discharged, the protection measures taken to conserve the environment in the host milieu,
e) medical waste disposal in health centers, clinics and hospitals,
f) drainage in road infrastructure projects and urban or peri-urban settlements,
g) buildings infrastructure and related services such as water and sanitation facilities especially in the health and education sectors, markets,
h) entomology and it’s crucial role in control of desease vectors,
i) cattle tracks, animal watering points and the related pollution concerns at water sources,
j) capacity and training needs at the different levels of LGs for environmental and social management including relocation of populations/assets.
The following gives an account of the findings of these consultations.
Findings from the visits and consultations
The findings revealed common adverse environmental and social impacts in varying degrees prevailing in almost all the munipalities and districts visited. Proper management plans have been formulated and monitoring programs specified but the absence of resources is the primary constraint in implementing the plans. Among others were the following adverse environment and social impacts:
• the non-restoration of burrow pits, inadequate culverts to maintain natural draingage patterns and absence of maintenance of drains for stormwater evacuation,
• inadequate or improper siting of water and sanitation facilities resulting in pollution of aquifers,
• agricultural practices without regard to appropriate technological methods such as pest control,
• human practices tending to ignore normes, guidelines and safeguards notably on hygeine,
• inappropriate or poor environmental management practices or lack of them, in particular, sustained monitoring of activities at district level essentially due to inadequacy of financial resources,
• conflicts in land use patterns on limited land areas resulting in overgrazing, draining of wetlands, deforestation, degradation of soils and soil erosion,
• lack of or inadequacy of capacity, equipment, logistics and financial resources to carry out the requisite management practices.
The consultant found major problems related to waste management in LGs not necessarily directly linked to LGDP 11, for example:
• the exclusion of some of the most deprived zones in the provision of water, drainage and sanitation facilities resulting in these areas being the areas of origin of most outbreaks of water-borne or related deseases currently being encountered in Uganda.
• the absence of best practices such as separation/treatment of solid and liquid waste disposal in the some areas.
As regards the latter, inspite of the inadequacy of resources the districts and municipalities are taking measures in the management of solid wastes and several projects are in the pipeline for separation and recycling of these wastes.
Kabale district is already far advanced in the waste separation exercise and infrastructure is being provided for composting to produce manure.
The water supply and sewage treatment operations for the municipality were impresive. Potable water supply and sewerage disposal was being provided by the National Water and Sewerage Corporation to those who can afford the tariffs. Concessionary tariffs were also offered to consumers located within 50 meters of their network.Water supply to the rural communities does not present any problems with the district fairly well-endowed with ample resources with good quality spring water.
Recycling options for in-organic items such as plastic bags and bottles had yet to be adopted. The experiences of India in this connection could well offer the income-generating solutions that would benefit the under-previledged in this venture.
The consultant felt obliged to highlight the plight of Arua district where:
- Solid and liquid waste, including blood-tainted medical waste were visible in the drainage channel from the hospital and market and terminating in a stream downstream of the abattoir,
- An unprotected highly polluted well was the source of drinking water for the communities living within 100 meters of the administrative centre of the district.
Both the LG officers on the site visit and community leaders confirmed the level of insalubrity pervading their community.
A completely protected well head, pumped water to a reservoir and a reticulation system with gravity feed to strategic points in the community should be considered.
In Tororo, the National Water and Sewarage Corporation (NWSC) has it’s sewage lagoons completely unprotected from encroachment and cattle are using the ponds for drinking. It appeared that part of the wetland was used to construct the lagoons and no effort was made at reforestation causing noxious odor to pervade the environment.
The presence of the cement factory in a major settlement was a source of concern. It would appear, from local information that these settlements were attributable essentially to the lapses in the municipal administration in allowing them to be established. Whatever the case, the communities were being subjected to the most intensive pollution by sulphur, soot and other particulates.
Hoima district and Jinja municipality presented no particular problems except those of waste management although plans are already formulated to deal with this in the same manner as Kabale
Mbarara municipality’s primary concern was the inadequacy of the NWSC network to cater for the increasing demand for it’s services notably in sewage disposal. In addition, the appearance of slum settlements without water and sanitation facilities especially those situated downstream of the effluent discharge outlet of the NWSC treatment works was a source of concern. For the latter, it is incumbent, in fact on all municipalities to take appropriate descisions and draw up plans to remedy these situations one of which is to provide adequate water and sanitation facilities coupled with an awareness program especially on health and hygeinic practices.
The former issue should be discussed and resolved with NWSC.
As regards to Kampala city, the following were found:
- some of the most important drainage channels have been blocked by slum dwellings and activities of the most disadvantaged resulting to spates of flooding that occurrs in so many parts of the city and the consequent proliferation of cholera and other water-borne or related deseases,
- where blockage of these channels is not the case as in even the more affluent parts of the city, the evidence show that the storm drainage system was being clogged by sediments coming downhill and overwhelming the system,
- solid waste collection appeared to be inefficient in every part of the city. In this connection, given the myriad and diverse industries (with various types of waste-toxic, harzardous/dangerous) set up within the city limits, Kampala needs more of an environmental audit. It is noteworthy that City Hall has placed a notice in the media inviting public consultation of it’s own ESMF and RPF which is a step towards improved environmental and social management of the city environment. A lot of water points had no protective surrounds or drainage systems resulting in water logging at most of these points were breeding grounds for mosquitoes.
Boreholes and wells equipped with watering troughs are concentration points for animals. Apart from damage to soils and vegetation in the surroundings, the prevalence of nitrates will cause pollution of the acquifers and the watering points.
Arising out of the afore mentioned findings, the following will be included in the design of the LGMSDP:
i) LGs will be encouraged to invest the Local Development Grant (LDG) into activities like efficient solid waste management systems which will make their localities hygienic and attractive to private investors (this is already among the design principles of the LDG).
ii) Mainstreaming of enviroment and natural resource management in all activities of LGs will be obligatory.
iii) Among the activities for ENR management required of LGs will be carrying out environment audits on regular basis.
iv) LGs will be encouraged and even rewarded to investing into the national priority program areas among which is water and sanitation.
5. POLICY, LEGAL AND INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
In this section the policies, legal and institutional frameworks for environmental management in Uganda are summarised including national legislation and international conventions subscribed to:.
5.1. Policy Framework
a. Uganda’s Environmental Action Plan (NEAP)
Uganda’s Environmental Action Plan seeks to promote and implement sound environmental policy. The UEAP represents the culmination of a series of initiatives and activities coordinated by the NEMA. It is the master plan for the environment in Uganda and contains a National Environment Policy, Framework Environmental Legislation and Environmental Strategy. The NEAP consists of Sectoral Plans for the medium and long term intended to lead to sustainable development in the country.
The NEAP has been innovative and included the following steps:
(1)The development of a National Consensus on the NEAP,
(ii) The setting up of the National Environmental Management Council,
(iii) The establishment of the NEMA,
(iv) The enactment of the legislation of the National Environmental Management Act,
(v) The establishment of Working Groups to address thematic environmental issues.
The successful coordination and implementation of all the measures in the NEAP calls for national and international consensus and cooperation. The other environmental strategies of note existing are:
• The National Strategy and action Plan on Biodiversity Conservation,
• The National Strategies on Protection of Wetlands and Water Bodies,
• The National Strategy on Climate Change,
• The National Action Plan to combat Desertification.
The NEAP puts special emphasis on environmental management, pollutions and nuisances, and the necessity to safeguard the well-being of the populations.
b. Social Strategies: The Poverty Reduction Stratiegies
The Poverty Reduction Strategies aim to provide the blueprint for economic and social development and reflect the commitments of both the Government and its external partners. The overall goal is to reduce income disparities and disparities in access to sources of income and empowerment. The PRSPs concentrate on four development objectives. To avoid the occurrence of the weaknesses in the previous strategies, the already guaranteed political commitment must be translated in terms of ensuring performance-based management towards implementation. Allocating adequate resources to support the planned activities must also be reinforced by:
• Creating an enabling Policy for Environmental Management, for Economic Growth and Poverty Reduction,
• Improving Productive Capacity and Social Protection of the Poor and Vulnerable,
• Increasing coverage of Basic Social Services needs of the poor and vulnerable (Social Protection/Safety Nets),
• Building the Capacity of Local Communities & Civil Society Organisations to play an active role in the process of poverty reduction;
Issues of development concerns (Gender, Environment, Nutrition, HIV/AIDS, Population, Governance and Youths) are now integrated/mainstreamed into the above four pillars to be addressed using cross-sectoral approach.
c. Health Care Waste Management Plan
Under this program the Local Governments will address issues related to safe medical waste management in the context of Uganda’s Medical Waste Management Plan that has been prepared as part of the HIV/AIDS Project covering the area of the Horn of Africa. The current Design Report provides:
i) a detailed assessment of the current situation in health facilities,
ii) ) an analysis of national policies, programmes and legislation on health care waste management, and strategic orientations and action plans, as follows;
• strengthening of institutional, legal and regulatory framework,
• improving the current health care waste management practices,
• minimizing health care waste volume,
• health waste identification, segregation and packaging,
• collection, transportation and storage,
• treatment and disposal,
• strengthening institutional capacity,
• training and capacity building,
• public education and awareness,
• training of waste handlers,
• training of HCW treatment plant operators/attendants,
• monitoring and evaluation,
For the LGMSD Program the main concerns are collection, separation and packing and preferably transportation to a central disposal facility or disposal on-site with the appropriate and proper incinerators and tanks for placenta etc. These, and other activities as appropriate, should be supported by the project in consultation with the District Health Teams and the Ministry of Health which has prepared this medical waste management plan.
5.2. Legal Framework
a). International Conventions
Uganda is signatory to several international conventions amongst
which the most important
Uganda is signatory to the following conventions and agreements:
Table 6: International conventions to which Uganda is a signatory
|Convention |Objective |
|African Convention on the Conservation of Nature |To encourage individual and joint action for the conservation, utilization and |
|(1968) |development of soil, water, flora and fauna for the present and future welfare |
| |of mankind, from an economic, nutritional, scientific, educational, cultural and|
| |aesthetic point of view. |
|Convention on wetlands of International |To stop the progressive encroachment on and loss of wetland now and in the |
|Importance especially as Water Fowl Habitat- |future, recognizing the fundamental ecological functions of wetlands and their |
|Ramsar Convention 1971 |economic, cultural, scientific and recreational values |
|Convention Concerning the Protection of World and|To establish an effective system of collective protection of the cultural and |
|Cultural Heritage 1972 |natural heritage of outstanding universal values |
|Convention on the International Trade in |To protect certain endangered species from over exploitation by means of a |
|Endangered Species of Wild Flora and Fauna – |system of import/export permits |
|CITES 1973 | |
|Convention on the conservation of migratory |To protect those species of wild animals that migrate across or outside national|
|species of Wild animals 1979 |boundaries |
|Vienna Convention for the protection of the Ozone|To protect human health and the environment against adverse effects resulting |
|Layer 1985 |from modification of the ozone layer |
|Montreal Protocol on Substances that deplete the |To protect the ozone layer by taking precautionary measures to control global |
|Ozone layer 1987 |emissions of substances that deplete it |
|Basel Convention on the Transboundary Movement of|To set up obligations for the state parties with a view to: |
|Hazardous Wastes and their disposal |Reducing transboundary movements of waste subject to the Basel Convention to a |
| |minimum consistent to the environmentally sound and different effects of such |
| |wastes |
| |Reducing trans boundary movements of waste subject to minimizing the amount and |
| |toxicity of hazardous wastes generated and ensuring their environmentally sound |
| |management |
|Convention on Biological Diversity- CBD 1992 |To promote diversity and sustainable use |
| |Encourage equitable sharing of benefits arising out of the utilization of |
| |genetic resources |
|United Nations Framework Convention on Climate |To regulate the levels of green house gases concentration in the atmosphere so |
|Change UNFCCC – 1992 |as to avoid the occurrence of climate change on a level that would impede |
| |sustainable economic development, or compromise initiative in food production |
|United Nations Convention to combat |To combat desertification and mitigate the effects of drought in countries |
|Desertification –UNCCD 1994 |experiencing serious drought and or desertification |
|Lake Victoria Fisheries Organisation 1994 |To regulate and enhance fisheries in Lake Victoria covering Uganda, Kenya and |
| |Tanzania |
|Lake Victoria Environment Management Programme |Project for the management of the environment in the Lake Victoria region |
|1994 |addressing water quality, land use, wetlands, fisheries and control of water |
| |hyacinth |
|Kagera Basin Agreement 1997 |Forum for cooperation between the Kagera Basin States of Uganda, Tanzania, |
| |Rwanda and Burundi to ensure that environmental conditions are taken into |
| |account in development projects |
|Technical Cooperation Committees for the |Promote Basin wide cooperation for the integrated and just development, |
|promotion of resources Development and |conservation and use of the Nile Basin water and to determine the equitable |
|Environmental Protection of the Nile Basin 1992 |entitlement of each state of the Nile Basin |
|Cooperation enforcement Operations Directed at |Directed at controlling illegal trade in Wildlife and Wildlife products |
|illegal trade in Wild Fauna and Flora (the Lusaka| |
|Agreement ) 1996 | |
|Inter-Government Authority in Development 1986 |Regional Forum for conflict Resolution and environment management particularly |
| |early warning system and food security. Covers Sudan, Eritrea, Djibouti, |
| |Ethiopia, Kenya, Uganda and Somalia |
b. National Environmental Legislation
Environmental legislation, standards and guidelines identified to be relevant for this study include:
• The National Environmental Statute, 1995,
• National Policy for the Conservation and Management of Wetland Resources, 1995,
• Standards for Discharge of Effluent or Wastewater, 1999,
• Draft Standards for Air Quality, 1997,
• Draft Standards for Noise and Vibration, 1997,
• Draft Standards for Soil Pollution, under preparation,
• National Environment (Wetlands, River banks and Lake shore management) Regulations, 2000.
A great leap forward was registered , in conformity with The National Environment Act, by legal notices issued in May 2004 designating Environmental Inspectors for every sector of economic or social activity in Uganda.
Where considered necessary, Ugandan legislation, standards or guidelines have been compared with other regulations, such as Dutch, or Kenyan regulations.
5.2.1 The National Environmental Statute, 1995
The National Environmental Statute of 1995 regulates environmental issues in Uganda. Schedule III of the statute provides a list of projects that require an environmental impact assessment to be undertaken prior to project implementation. Urban developments, including the establishment of industrial estates, are among the projects listed in the Schedule.
The Statute defines an environmental impact assessment as 'a systematic examination conducted to determine whether or not a project will have any adverse impacts on the environment'.
EIA regulations and procedures focus on the following points:
Screening Process
The screening process is designed to determine which projects require a full EIA process. Screening is done with the aid of EIA « Screening Forms ». The screening process ensures objectivity and transparency.
Screening Form
A standardised project brief is submitted by a developer using the « Screening Form ». The Screening Form requires that the developer provides information on the proposed project/activity and inter-alia, on the following:
- Developer;
- Contact points;
- Location and size of the site/facility;
- Inputs required (utilities and raw materials);
- Products and by-products (finished products and wastes);
- Methods of waste disposal;
- Anticipated environmental and social impacts (number of people/cmmunities likely tobe be affected, sensitive habitats, vulnerable groups and species etc).
General information is required at this first stage. If in-depth analysis has already been done, results should be indicated on the screening form. If however, only preliminary analysis/surveys have been done, this will in general suffice for the screening form.
Where the developer needs assistance to complete the screening form, a lead sectoral department concerned or a consultant will be in a position to help. Upon completion by the developer, the form is submitted to the lead department or the Authority. If the form has been completed correctly, the lead department, forwards the form to the Authority for consideration. The Authority determines the follow-up actions required in consultation with the lead department. If necessary, the Authority, the lead department, and/or a designated sectoral working group may visit the proposed project site to clarify details or complete the information required.
Authority Project Classification
Based on information obtained from the screening form, a systematic review of the information is completed by the Authority to determine whether an environmental impact study needs to be conducted. Evaluation criteria have been established which provide a general guide for determining whether or not a full EIA is required. This ensures a fair and consistent review of all proposed projects at this screening stage, based on the information provided by the project proponent. As a result of this screening, the project is classified in the following manner:
- Class A: Full Environmental Impact Assessment Required – If the Authority, either based on the screening form or after additional information has been provided, has sufficient reason to believe that the project will cause a significant negative impact on the environment, it will require that an environmental impact assessment be made in accordance with the provisions stipulated below.
- Class B: Additional Information Necessary – In cases where doubts remain as to the significance of potential impacts on the environment, further information is required.
- Projects rated as Class B will be required to provide additional information prior to the Authority making a decision on classification. In this case, the Authority will give the project proponent, in writing, a clear indication of the information that needs to be provided. The Executive Director reserves the right to determine what additional information is required.
After additional information has been provided, the Authority will reassess the proposed project and will determine if it falls into Class A or C.
- Class C: No Full Environmental Impact Assessment required – A project may be categorised as Class C if it is determined that the proposed project will have no significant or adverse impact on the environment. The Executive Director may grant environmental approval to the project without further analysis.
There has emerged recently in the scientific community the categorisations referred to as the green, brown and red agendas covering a very wide and diverse spectrum of environmental concerns from green-house gases through emissions from all manner of modern living practices to toxic, hazardous, dangerous materials and wastes generated by mankind’s very existence.
The impacts due to implantation of various industries in urban and peri-urban areas or the resettlement of populations close to these centers of economic activity will have to be dealt with in a timely manner for the safety, security and health of the communities.
These agendas can span districts, regions and countries with a lot being world-wide issues.
Ugandan Environmental statutes and international conventions cover most cases in these agendas.
This ESMF recognises the categorisations embodied in EIA regulations and the world bank OP.4.01 which are adapted to the realities of the country and easily applicable at LG level.
In cases where it is obvious that a project will not be in line with the laws of Uganda the Executive Director may reject a project without any obligation to carry out an EIA.
Consultations with relevant Government Ministries/Departments and Members of the Public
The Authority, upon receiving a project brief consults the lead sectoral department. It invites public comments on statements of project intent submitted to it especially from those most likely to be affected by a proposed project. It is only subsequent to these two consultations that the Authority is required to invite interested organs of the State to comment on both the statement and the comments made there-on. A public enquiry is the final form of consultation.
This style of consultation is unique with fluid and consistent geographical and sectoral nuances.
To facilitate the EIA process, the following arrangements are proposed:
• A special file be opened for every developer. Proper documentation of all the transactions and consultations for each EIA case, in addition to, where deemed necessary an environmental and social statement.
• The Authority designs standard letters to be issued to developers who have submitted project briefs. The letter specifies the class of EIA required.
• The Statement or its summary is published in local papers, also: (i) requesting members of the public to forward to the Authority any comments they may have and (ii) inviting the public to study and comment on the Statement which will be available at the Authority, the lead sectoral Departments and Local Government Offices in the relevant region.
• The Authority, the developer, and the Permanent Advisory Group on EIA and interest groups hold consultative meetings with the communities after the public comments on a Statement.
• The Authority issues a Certificate of Environmental Approval to any developer whose project has been approved.
• Test cases assess the capabilities of local consultants to contribute to an environmental impact study (and in the process receive training); assess the strengths and limitations of the guidelines.
Testing will lead to modifications of procedures and guidelines. Documentation and annual statistics will be vital for modelling possible future expansion of development activities and related projects requiring EIA.
. The nature, type and location of the project is described in the environmental screening form with a preliminary indication of potential socio-economic and biophysical impacts (number of people/ communities affected, sensitive habitats, threatened species, etc). Based on the screening exercise, NEMA makes a decision on whether an EIA is required or not. In the event of an EIA is not required, the proponent is still obliged to describe methods and procedures for proper environmental management (storage of semi-hazardous materials, solid waste disposal, etc).
Apart from the EIA content, the procedures require a public survey prior to the issuance of any authorization on the basis of the EIA. The EIA conducted by the consultants at the request of the promoter is submitted for approval to the NEMA that looks after the procedure for the conduction of EIAs (approval of the TOR, approval of the studies, authorization given to consultants and consultancy firms, etc.). According to the classification level of the project (category A, B or C) the execution of the procedure is monitored at national level.
The National Environmental Management Authority (NEMA) established under the Statute is the principal agency responsible for the management of the environment and was created as a result of the National Environmental Action Plan (NEAP) of 1994.
One of the important functions of NEMA, in addition to reviewing policies and environmental impact statements, is to establish national environmental standards in consultation with various lead agencies. Environmental standards and guidelines have been include in this ESMF.
The National Environmental Statute also places restrictions on the use of wetlands under Part VII, Environmental Management, Section 37, page 37. The management of wetlands is given more emphasis in the National Policy for the Conservation and Management of Wetland Resources, 1995.
National Policy for the Conservation and Management of Wetlands Resources, 1995
Uganda was the first African country to develop a national wetlands policy. The strategy most pertinent to this study, as outlined in this Policy, is transcribed below:
'Any wetland serving as a source of water supply or receiving effluent as part of a designated service to any human settlement shall be declared a fully protected wetland from any encroachment, drainage or modification.’
Explanation: Wetlands can preserve the purity of water by their filtration and buffering capacity. One of the important reasons for this policy arises from the extensive draining of wetlands for horticulture where these areas also serve as water purification centres. In addition such drainage has led to changes to the hydrological cycle i.e. increase in floods, reduction in low flows and increase in sediment runoff.
5.2.3 National Environment (Wetlands, River banks and Lake Shore
Management) Regulations, 2000
Section 21 of the National Environment Regulations 2000 states that 'Each Local Government shall after the recommendation of the appropriate local environmental committee make by-laws
(a) identifying river banks and lake shores within their jurisdiction which are at risk from environmental degradation;
(b) promoting soil conservation measures along river banks and lake shores including the following;
(i) Bunding;
(ii) Terracing;
(iii) Mulching;
(iv) Tree planting or agro forestry
(v) Grassing;
(vi) Soil engineering, compaction and placement of fills;
vii) Zoning and planning;
viii) Gabions;
ix) Control of livestock grazing.
Section 29, Part (2), of the same Regulation states that 'Rivers not specified in the Sixth Schedule shall have a protected zone of thirty meters from the highest water mark of the river’. Section 30, Part (1) states that 'All shores of lakes specified in the Seventh Schedule [Lake Victoria is in the 7th Schedule] to these Regulations shall have a protected zone of two hundred metres measured from the low watermark'.
5.2.4 Standards for Discharge of Effluent or Wastewater, 1999
The Ugandan Standards for effluent discharges to land or to an aquatic environment set maximum permissible limits (MPL) for selected parameters. The standards are established for a broad range of organic and inorganic compounds and are summarized in Table 2.1 below.
General obligations to mitigate pollution and the duty to keep records of offences are also outlined in these Standards,
5.2.5 General Obligation to Mitigate Pollution
Section (4) Part (1) of the Standards for Discharge of Effluent or Wastewater, 1999, states:
'Every industry or establishment shall install at its premises anti-pollution equipment for the treatment of effluent and chemical discharge emanating from the industry or establishment.'
Section (4) Part (2) of the Standards for Discharge of Effluent or Wastewater states: 'Anti-pollution equipment installed, under such regulation (1) shall be based on the best practicable means, environmentally sound practice or other guidelines as the Executive Director may determine.'
5.2.6 Duty to Keep Records (from the Standards for Discharge of Effluent or Wastewater, 1999).
Section (5) Part (1), (a) of the Effluent Discharge Standards states: 'Keep a record of the amount of waste generated by the activity and of the parameters of the discharges';
Section (5) Part (1), (b) states: 'Submit the record referred to in paragraph (a) to the Executive Director and to any other relevant lead agency, every three months from the commencement of the activity for which the permit was issued'.
Section (5) Part (1), (c) states: 'Report to the Executive Director any abnormal discharges. The abnormal discharges are interpreted to be any discharge or emission that exceeds the maximum levels listed in Table 5.2 of this report.
5.2.7 Liabilities for Offences (from the Standards for Discharge of Effluent or Wastewater, 1999)
Section (6). (1) states: 'A person who contravenes these Regulations (standards for discharge of effluent or wastewater) commits an offence and is liable, on conviction, to imprisonment for a term not exceeding eighteen months or to a fine not less than one hundred and eighty thousand shillings and not more than eighteen million shillings or both (Ush)'.
Section (6). (2) states: 'The Executive Director may, in addition to any penalty imposed under Sub-Regulation (1), give directions as to steps to be taken to mitigate the damage caused as a result of the contravention, and the person liable shall comply with the directions'.
5.2.8 Draft Air Quality Standards and Guidelines, 1997
Uganda formulated draft air quality standards in 1997. These cover pollution control in the occupational and ambient environment. These standards were being finalised at the time the ESMF was being formulated.
The draft air quality standards identify the individual pollutants, applicable industrial sources and permissible limits. Since LGMSD will not involve the establishment of industrial projects, the details of the pollution limits have not been included n the ESMF.
6. OVERVIEW OF THE WORLD BANK’S SAFEGUARD POLICIES
The World Bank’s ten safeguard policies are designed to help ensure that projects proposed for Bank financing are environmentally and socially sustainable, and thus improve decision-making. These operational policies include:
• OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment,
• OP 4.04 Natural Habitats,
• OP 4.09 Pest Management,
• OP 4.11 Cultural Heritage,
• OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement,
• OP 4.10 Indigenous People,
• OP 4.36 Forests,
• OP 4.37 Safety of Dams,
• OP 7.50 Projects on International Waterways,
• OP 7.60 Projects in Disputed Areas.
In addition, there is the Bank’s Disclosure Policy BP 17.50 which requires that all safeguard documents are disclosed in the respective countries and at the Bank’s Info shop prior to appraisal. Of these operational policies, OP 4.01 is the “umbrella” policy as the environmental screening results will determine which of the afore-mentioned safeguard policies are likely to be triggered, in addition to OP 4.01.
The Local Government Management and Service Delivery Program has triggered OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment and OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement due to its planned construction and rehabilitation activities. Annex 4 summarizes these safeguard policies.For the LGMSD Project key operational policies that are of immediate concern are:
OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment: The objective of OP 4.01 is to ensure that projects financed by the Bank are environmentally and socially sustainable, and that the decision making process is improved through an appropriate analysis of the actions including their potential environmental impacts. Environmental assessment (EA) is a process whose breadth, depth, and type of analysis depend on the nature, scale, and potential environmental impact of the proposed project. EA takes into account the natural environment (air, water, and land); human health and safety; social aspects (involuntary resettlement, indigenous peoples, and cultural property); and trans-boundary and global environmental aspects.
EA considers natural and social aspects in an integrated way. OP 4.01 is triggered if a project is likely to present some risks and potential adverse environmental impacts in its area of influence. Thus, in the case of the local government projects, potential negative environmental and social impacts due to project activities and likely to include loss of vegetation, soil erosion, soil and groundwater pollution, air pollution, public health impacts such as traffic hazards, noise, dust, and loss of livelihoods must be fully identified and the appropriate mitigating measures clearly defined and costed to be incorporated into the project’s overall budget.
This ESMF has been designed to address potential adverse environmental and social impacts at the planning stage of existing and new local government management and service delivery activities.
OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement: The objective of this operational policy is to
(i) avoid or minimize involuntary resettlement where feasible and explore all viable alternative project designs and location.
ii) assist displaced persons in improving their former living standards, income earning capacity, and production levels, or at least in restoring them.
(iii) encourage community participation in planning and implementing resettlement, and
(iv) provide assistance to affected people regardless of the legality of land tenure (encroachers and squatters included).
The policy does not only cover physical relocation, but:
(i) relocation causing loss of land and or loss of shelter;
(ii) loss of assets or access to assets; and
(iii) loss of income sources or means of livelihood, whether or not the affected people must move to another location.
This policy also applies to the involuntary restriction of access to legally designated parks and protected areas resulting in adverse impacts on the livelihoods of the displaced persons. In the event of land acquisition, the LGMSMP will implement the provisions of the Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) which has been prepared as a separate document.
7. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACTS OF THE LGMSDP
7.1 Environmental Impacts of Local Government Development Project Activities
a)Positive Environmental Impacts
The following are the likely positive environment impacts of LGMSDP:
• construction and rehabilitation of water and sanitation facilities will have significant positive impacts on the health of the communities and populations in all the targetted districts,
• the boreholes, wells and supplies derived from springs will make safe water fully available to the populations as well as their assets emanating from projects in livestock watering points and associated animal tracks (reducing or eliminating prevailing agriculturalist/pastoralist conflicts) and small scale agricultural activities and essentially improve their quality of life,
• an environmentally sound community roads program, rural electrification will improve safety and security in municipalities, districts, parishes and villages,
• construction and rehabilitation of infrastructure in the health, and education sectors and markets will considerably improve accessibility to services direly needed for any sustained development and/or enhancement of the well-being of the communities impacted,
• bee-keeping, aqua-culture, weaving, dyeing are some of the income-generating activities which are not extensive in land use will help improve home economies
• the program on entomology, with the prevalence of malaria throughout the country, bilharzia in certain aquatic environments, tsetse fly habitats in all pastoral zones and other water-borne or related deseases will enhance the productive capacities of the communities.
• the activities of the program will help to identify and to implement the necessary measures for the protection of biodiversity areas thus preserving the wealth of the species at the local and national level. Also, they are going to contribute to combat desertification, enhance reforestation, soil restoration and the implementation of rational conservation activities.
• the water catchment basins will be better used for the socio-economic benefits of the communities whilst, at the same time establishing sound management practices to conserve the resources.
b)Positive Social Impacts
Overall, the Program is likely to have a positive impact on the social issues in community development in Uganda in the short, medium and long term. The education and health infrastructures that will be financed in the framework of the investment program will have positive social impacts responding to the educational and health needs of the population. These positive impacts can be summarized as follows;
• The increase and enhancement of educational and health facilities and standards,
• The diversification of knowledge notably in the scientific and technical fields,
• A better access to non-formal education and literacy to-date unavailable to a large spectrum of Ugandan society.
At the institutional level:
• Improving the capacity of the district LGs at all levels to initiate, promote and monitor performance in the various sectors of socio-economic development and the project-related environmental and social issyes to be addressed,
• Gender and Fairness: Increased participation of the female gender, the young and the senior citizenry and those who up to now have been ignored or have not had access to educational/health facilities, water supplies and sanitation. Women, who constitute essential levers in the organization and the animation of the Local Communities, will actively participate in the socio-economic activities of the program of which they will be privileged recipients, in terms of improvement in their educational and health standards and social well-being as well as accessing new technologies and management skills.
Socio-Economic and Cultural Infrastructures
Some socio-cultural infrastructure incorporated into the infrastructure programme such as playgrounds, leisure parks and sports facilities will have significant beneficial impacts on the communities in that they will serve in the reduction of delinquency.
Water supply infrastructures
The construction of water supply facilities (bore holes, watering points, wells protected springwater sources, etc.) will contribute to improving the availability of water in the villages reducing both the time and energy spent by women in fetching water.
Fishing Activities
The development of fishing (in lake and riverbank environments), fish processing will contribute to improving nutrition levels (availability of proteins) among the communities and could provide the basis for a significant export earning’s sector.
Forestry
The development of forestry nursery programs could assist and motivate communities in reforestation undertakings. With concommitant awareness programs of the positive impacts of reforestation and other conservation activities, these programs could well uplift the culture of environmental and social management practices that could improve their social and financial situations.
Agricultural activities
The promotion of orchards and other agricultural pursuits in communities has been a feature recognised in local government activities and should continue to be nurtured and promoted to the extent that they can serve as catalysts to
• Improvement of nutrition standards,
• Improvement of production and productivity on high-value crops,
• Satisfaction of some of the basic needs of the student population and in certain cases provide key elements of the requirements of their communities.
Other income Generating Activities
The development of activities in bee-keeping, agro-processing, fish-farming, weaveing and dyeing, to cite only these will assist in resolving some of the issues of land stress in districts such as Kabale apart from providing significant and immediate incomes to all genders in the communities and their household economies in general.
Adverse Social Impacts
Adverse social impacts are likely to arise from the following:
• Absence of a participatory process involving local communities in the preparation of their Development Plans by their Local Governments.
• Exclusion of vulnerable groups from participating in and benefiting from project activities, due to stigmatization, harmful cultural practices, acute poverty among vulnerable groups, discrimination and lack of participation in the planning process etc.
• Destruction of cultural sites or denying access to cultural sites.
• Air pollution, noise, traffic accidents during construction
• Potential increase in malaria and other water-related diseases as water supplies are increased in the project area
• Land acquisitions/use resulting in involuntary resettlement or loss of land and or assets and livelihoods.
b. Negative environmental impacts
The adverse environmental impacts (soil erosion, soil and water pollution, loss of vegetation, dust) of the program will mainly come from siting, design, implementation and operation of sub-projects related to:
• project infrastructure and related services prior to, during and after the construction activities,
• water and sanitation facilities,
• agricultural practices without regard for appropriate technological methods,
• human practices tending to ignore normes,guidelines and safeguards,
• inappropriate or poor environmental management practices or lack of them, in particular, sustained monitoring of activities,
• lack of or inadequacy of capacity, equipment, logistics and financial resources to carry out the requisite management practices.
Table 7. Summary of Concerns
|Area of environmental |Potential environmental impact |Remarks |
|concern | | |
| |Topography modification due to cut and |Regulate the use of borrow sites to ensure that they are legally |
|Topography |fill activities. |operated, do not hold stagnant water to allow breeding of mosquitos. |
| | |Refurbish borrow sites |
| |-Increased costs in developing low |Low lying swampy areas will not be classified for construction of |
| |gradient sites (for drainage and sewage |buildings and other activities as per Ugandan laws and the Bank’s OP |
| |treatment works) |4.04 Natural Habitats. |
|Geology and soils |Exposure and erosion of topsoil due to |Set aside an area to stockpile topsoil for future landscaping |
| |vegetation removal. | |
| |Increased exploitation of sand and |All illegal mining / quarrying operations should be stopped.and |
| |murram for construction. |Ugandan laws in this regard be followed. |
| | |Rehabilitate the borrow pits after use. |
|Flora and fauna |Removal of vegetation to make way for |The project will work with NEMA to safeguard the integrity of these |
| |construction may encroach on the wetland|areas |
| |areas |The project will not fund any sub-projects that will have negative |
| | |impacts on wetlands (see OP 4.04). |
|Wetlands |Pollution by unprocessed effluent / |All effluent must be treated by the relevant sub-projects prior to |
| |polluted runoff (solids, heavy metals, |discharge into wetlands.In the case of sewage, a pre-treatment is |
| |etc) may kill the wetland vegetation and|required by the sub-project before effluent is channeled into |
| |destroy its effluent stripping |treatment plants. |
| |capability. |The sub-projects will identify alternative disposal sites for |
| | |effluents. |
| | |Baseline water quality data should be collected and analysed for all |
| | |effluent discharges for conformity with the standards specified in a |
| | |wetlands monitoring program. |
| | |The project will respect Ugandan laws and the Bank’s OP 4.04 Natural |
| | |Habitats when making decisions on effluent disposal sites. |
| | | |
|Air pollution Emissions |Increased levels of pollution due to an |Traffic emissions should be monitored and legally permitted levels |
| |increase in motorized traffic and |should not be exceeded. |
| |emissions from industrial processes. |NEMA, with support from the program, should encourage the use of |
| | |cleaner production technologies for all industrial processes.To the |
| | |extent possible, the project will coordinate activities in this |
| | |regard with the KIID Project. |
|Dust pollution | | |
| |Modification of microclimate |Monitoring studies recommended in order to establish baseline data. |
| |Un-paved access roads that will be used |During construction, un-paved roads should be water sprayed / doused |
| |daily by trucks and other construction |to reduce dust levels. |
| |vehicles will generate large amounts of |Employers should provide protective equipment e.g. dust masks and |
| |dust. |construct well-ventilated workshops as necessary.. |
| |Some industrial processes may expose | |
| |their employees to large amounts of dust| |
| |and particulate matter. | |
|Noise pollution |Increased traffic noise from |Movement of vehicles and operation of construction machinery should |
| |construction and transportation vehicles|be confined to daytime. |
| |and machinery | |
|GroundWater pollution |Potential for pollution of groundwater |All sub-projects should be required to pre-treat their effluent |
| |from improper practice by sub-projects. |before it is sent to the treatment works. This should be included as |
| | |a clause in their contracts. |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
|Surface water | | |
|pollution | | |
| |Construction of pit-latrines, septic |construction should be monitored by local/district public health |
| |tanks and soakaways could cause seepage |officials notably in the siting of these items. |
| |of of contaminated water into aquifers. |Environmental Guidelines for Rural Water Supply and Sanitation |
| | |sub-projects should be applied as appropriate ( see Annex 8) |
| | | |
|Social |Human health problems. |Avoid implanting residential areas down-wind of heavy air polluting |
| | |activities. |
| |Employment opportunities for unskilled | |
| |workers during construction for the |Improvement of income levels and living standards for the community. |
| |community living around the project | |
| |area. |The health status of the general population should continue to be |
| | |monitored and steps taken to prevent occurrence of HIV / AIDS and |
| |Increase in HIV / AIDS and STDs cases in|STDs. This will be done by HLGs. |
| |the project areas. |In coordination with the Ministry of Health and/or the National Aids |
| | |Council, MoLG and LGs should provide appropriate HIV/AIDS Training. |
| |Destroying of cultural sites or denying |The contractors should ensure that all stagnant water is removed from|
| |the people access to cultural sites. |site so as not to allow breeding of mosquitoes. |
| | |LGs will work with the Ministry of Health to ensure that issues |
| | |related to malaria and other water-borne diseases are addressed in |
| | |the project areas. |
| | |Consult and work with the concerned communities to conserve the |
| | |cultural sites. Provide passage to cultural sites. |
Table 8: Specific Adverse Environmental Impacts due to Infrastructure Construction (buildings,roads, Water Supply and Sanitation Facilities, Markets etc.,)
|Phase |Potential adverse impacts |
|Prior to / During |degradation of storage sites of construction materials and equipment, |
|Constructions |loss of vegetation and degradation of soils, |
|(Implantation of |surface water pollution, |
|Contractor and Work |deforestation for construction site access, |
|Phase) |air pollution due to vehicle rotation, noise, |
| |soil pollution from motor oil and lubrifiants, |
| |- waste generated by construction work, |
| |pollution resulting in degradation of the living environment, |
| |soil erosion, |
| |loss of natural habitat zones and biodiversity |
| |Impacts on the biophysical environment |
| |Deforestation with the opening and the exploitation of quarries, |
| |Risks of bush fires by uncontrolled burning, |
| |Sedimentation of water bodies, |
| |Obstruction of drainage patterns, |
| |Pollution and temporary disruption of river out-flow (by storage of construction materials), |
| |Accidental discharge of oils and lubrifiants, |
| |Dust pollution, |
| |Loss of vegetation (clearings, reticulation systems and piped water connections. |
| |Disruption of the traffic during works, trench digging, and excavations, |
| |Accident risks (non protected trenches, machinery, etc.), |
| |disruption of the surrounding drainage system, |
|After Construction |Unserviceable sanitation facilities and absence of access to water and electricity. |
|(Operations) |unrehabilitated quarries and burrow pits (habitats for the malaria vector and bilharzia snail), |
| |Non-restoration of the landscape and regeneration of the vegetation cover. |
| |Accidents (turns, critical points, etc.), |
| |Flying dust on lateritic roads (through communities), |
| |Facilitation of access to the protected natural resources. Increase of water use, |
| |over-extraction of the ground water, |
| |Increased competition for the use of natural resources, |
| |proliferation of invading aquatic plants, |
| |development of water related diseases (malaria, bilharzias, etc.), |
| |reduction of arable and pastoral surfaces, |
| |increase in the population density around the infrastructures. |
Table 9: Adverse Environmental Impacts of Socio-Economic Activities
|Sub-sector |Potential Adverse Impacts |
|Fruit trees (e.g Cashew) |- stripping and draining of wetlands, |
| |sensitive habitat destruction |
| |reclamation of wooded zones, |
| |- soil erosion, disruption of the water cycle, |
| |- loss of grazing land, , |
| |- pollution of groundwater aquifers , rivers, water bodies, |
| |- contamination of livestock watering points, |
| |- pesticides poisoning, |
| |- pesticides residues in the food chain, |
| |- use of empty containers to store food or water, |
| |- dislocation of non- targeted populations, |
|Promotion of agricultural activities | |
|Market gardening | |
|Nurseries, orchards and small irrigated| |
|market gardening. . | |
|Sub-sector |Potential Adverse Impacts |
|Animal Husbandry |- reduction of grazing capacity |
| |- tree felling for the establishment of paddocks, |
| |- soil erosion |
| |- Loss of vegetation around the works (watering points, etc.), |
| |- excessive withdrawal of the aquifers. |
|Sub-sector |Potential Adverse Impacts |
|Fisheries |- disappearance of grazing lands |
| |- change in water flows |
| |- competition with other water uses |
| |- water pollution (chemicals, etc.) |
| |- depletion of local fish populations with the introduction of exotic species |
| |- development of water related diseases |
Unsafe Medical Waste Management
The program will ensure safe medical waste management in its health centers through the provision of relevant equipment (i.e. for collection, transport, temporary storage, dispsal) and appropriate training of health center staff and dump site operators. Accordingly, the appropriate disposal of health care waste material will be incorporated in the sub-project design. The program will be guided by the Medical Waste Management Plan discussed earlier and consult with the District Health Officers and the Ministry of Health as necessary.
Potential adverse environmental and social impacts relate to air pollution which arises largely from the fact that health care wastes are often incinerated or burnt in the open air in order to eliminate or reduce infection. If poorly designed (or poorly operated), incinerators can pollute the air with:
• particulate matter arising from inefficient combustion; acidic gases due to the presence of PVC plastic, pharmaceuticals and chemicals (containing chlorine, sulphur, nitrogen, etc.);
• dioxins formed from organic substances in contact with chlorine during combustion; and
• heavy metals, in particular mercury which is volatile when heated.
The majority of the substances emitted during incomplete incineration are poisonous and cancerogenic.
To ensure that potential adverse impacts are addressed properly during the design, construction, and subsequent operation of the health centers to be funded under the project, the environmental and social screening process includes relevant questions and refers the sub-project implementers to the national medical waste plan (annex 7 of the ESMF).,and the checklists contained in annex 2 of the ESMF will include guidance in this regard.
The recommended waste management system should aim at:
• Avoidance or minimization of secondary impacts from the disposal system
• Prevention of human access and scavenging activities
• Control of contamination of land, air or water
• Avoidance of disease vectors (insects, rodents etc.)
Separation and intermediate storage of HCW:
Appropriate waste containers and packaging material will be provided for all health centres. Proper source segregation and intermediate storage will be implemented at all health centres.
For the safe segregation and collection of the different waste, the following types of containers and packaging material are needed:
• Sharps containers to be provided should be safe, secure containers with lids, with access for putting in the sharps, but stopping retrieval of the disposed waste. The containers should be disposed of together with the sharps.
• The containers for the rest of HCW be reusable and have lockable leak proof lids with clear labelling areas. The containers should be supplied with plastic liners to make disposal of wastes safe for handlers.
Transport and treatment:
Infectious waste and sharps will be collected from all health centres and transported for treatment in brick incinerators at district level. Some pathological waste (placentas, body parts etc.) will be disposed off in placenta pits at individual health centres. Other pathological waste will be treated in brick incinerators at district level.
A central national treatment facility for pharmaceutical and other special HCRW will be established. This facility should have sufficient capacity to treat pharmaceutical waste from all of Uganda. Waste from all health centres nationwide will be collected at district level and from there transported to this treatment facility. The operation of the treatment and transport system will be organised and controlled directly by Ministry of Health or tendered out to a private operator/operators and controlled and regulated by MOH and NEMA.
Final Disposal:
General waste similar to town council/municipal waste will be burned and/or buried within the premises of the health centres or transported for disposal at town council/municipal dumpsites/landfills.
As regards the mitigation of potential adverse environmental and social impacts due to construction and/or rehabilitation activities, it is recommended that the Environmental Guidelines for Contractors (Annex 3) are attached to the budding documents to ensure that the contractor’s obligations. Dependeing on the type of sub-project, additional requirements might be added to the afore-mentioned environmental guidelines.
The environmental and social screening form (Annex 1); the environmental and social checklist (Annex 2); as well as the mitigation measures described in this Annex and the environmental guidelines for contractors described in Annex 3 are specifically designed to ensure that adverse social impacts from the sub-projects to be funded under the proposed program are captured at the planning stages and effectively mitigated. Both, environmental and social mitigation measures would be verifiable and monitored during the various stages of the program cycle by the LGs, MoLG and NEMA.
8. THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL SCREENING PROCESS
8.1. The Environmental and Social Screening Process
The sections below illustrate the stages (steps 1-7) of the environmental and social screening process leading to the review and approval of the local government development and service delivery program activities to be implemented. The purpose of this screening process is to determine which activities are likely to have negative environmental and social impacts; to determine appropriate mitigation measures for activities with adverse impacts; to incorporate mitigation measures into the sub-project as appropriate; to review and approve the sub-project’s proposals; to monitor environmental parameters during the implementation of activities.
The extent of environmental work that might be required prior to the commencement of the sub-projects will depend on the outcome of the screening process described below.
8.2. The Screening Steps
The environmental and social process of screening consists of the following steps:
Step 1: Screening of the LGMSD Sub-Projects.
The initial screening in the field will be carried out by the Environmental Focal Person (EFP) located at Sub-county and Town Council levels. At district and Municipal level this will be done by the District/Municipal Environment Officer. To ensure that the EFPs can carry out their responsibilities efficiently, they will receive environmental training.
It should be understood that an EFP would be identified at LLG level and would be an extension staff preferably from the Agriculture, Veterinary, Health or Community Based Services sectors.
The EFP will complete the Environmental and Social Screening Form . Completion of this screening form will facilitate the identification of potential environmental and social impacts, determination of their significance, assignment of the appropriate environmental category, proposal of appropriate environmental mitigation measures, or recommend the execution of an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA), if necessary.
Step 2: Assigning the appropriate Environmental Categories
The assignment of the appropriate environmental category to a particular activity will be based on the information provided in the environmental and social screening form. The EFP will be responsible for categorising an activity either as A, B, or C.
• Category A: activities will have significant adverse impacts and will require an environmental impact assessment,
• Category B: activities will have less significant impacts which can be easily mitigated or addressed through redesign of the sub-project. Depending on the extent of adverse environmental and social impacts, (i) the application of environmental and social mitigation measures as listed in the Environmental and Social Checklist (Annex 2 of the ESMF) might suffice, or, (ii) should the impacts be more significant, a separate environmental impact assessment
• Category C: activities will have no or insignificant impacts, and therefore require no additional environmental work. These sub-projects can be implemented immediately.
It should be noted that any sub-projects that have been assigned the environmental category A will not be funded, because the parent project has been categorized as a B.
The assignment of the appropriate environmental category will be based on the provisions in OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment. Consistent with this operational policy, most activities under the LGMSDP are likely to be categorized as B or C for that matter, meaning that their potential adverse environmental impacts on human populations or environmentally important areas – including wetlands, forests, grasslands, and other natural habitats, cultural heritage sites – are reversible or neutral and mitigating measures are readily available for inclusion in the project design.
Step 3: Carrying out Environmental Work
After analyzing the data contained in the environmental and social screening form and after having identified the right environmental category and thus the scope of the environmental work required, the EFP will make a recommendation to the TPC or NEMA establishing whether: (a) no environmental work will be required; (b) the implementation of simple mitigation measures will be enough; or (c) a separate environmental impact assessment EIA will be carried out.
According to the results of the screening process, the following environmental work can be carried out:
(a) Use of the environmental and social check list (Annex 2): The environmental and social check list (Annex 2) will be filled by EFPs at lower LGs level and by the District/Municipal Environment Officer at high LG levels. This checklist will be amended by qualified personnel based on the requirements of the sub-project at hand. Activities categorised as simple category B (B1) activities might benefit from the application of simple mitigation measures outlined in the checklists. In situations where the screening process identifies the need for land acquisition, qualified service providers would prepare a RAP (Resettlement Action Plan), consistent with the WB OP 4.12, and the Resettlement Policy Framework (RPF) that has been prepared as a separate document for this project.
(b) Carrying out Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA): In some cases, the results of the environmental and social screening process may indicate that the activities scheduled are more complex (B2) and would therefore require conducting a separate EIA. Draft Terms of Reference can be found in Annex 5. The EIA terms of reference will be prepared by NEMAand will be conducted by qualified consultants/persons authorised/agreed by the appropriate Local Government Institutions and NEMA.
The EIA will identify and assess the potential environmental impacts for the planned activities, assess alternative solutions and will design the mitigation, management and monitoring measures to be adopted. These measures will be quoted in the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) that will be prepared as part of the EIA for each sub-project . The preparation of the EIA and the EMP will be done in consultation with all relevant stakeholders, including the people likely to be affected by the sub-project.
The EIA will follow the national procedure established in the framework of the Environmental Management Statutes and decrees in force and consistent with the WB OP 4.01. Sample EIA terms of reference have been provided in Annex 6 of this ESMF, to be adapted as necessary.
Step 4: Review and Approval
Review: At the district or municipal level, the District/Municipal Environmental Officer will review the environmental and social screening forms as well as the EIA reports, and will make recommendations as to whether the results of the screening process or the EIA reports are acceptable. The District/Municipal Endironment Officer in conjunction with the relevant sector heads will review:
i) The results and recommendations presented in the environmental and social screening forms.
ii) As appropriate, the results of EIAs to ensure that all environmental and social impacts have been identified and effective mitigation measures have been proposed and incorporated into the sub-projects and an EMP with associated costs prepared. Subsequently, the EIA will be sent to NEMA for final approval.
Approval/Rejection: Based on the results of the review of the environmental and social screening form, the District/Municipal Environment Officerwill approve the results and the assigned environmental category.
Following the review of the EIA by the District/Municipal Environment Officer, the EIA will be forwarded to NEMA for final review and clearance. The EIA reports will have to be reviewed in the light of the EFPs’ recommendations prior to approval/rejection by NEMA. If the EIA is approved, NEMA issues the necessary environmental permit that confirms the EIA has been satisfactorily completed and the project may proceed. A record of the decision explains how environmental issues were addressed in the process.
It is important to note that this review and approval process is to be carried out in parallel with the review and approval of the technical, economic, financial and other aspects of the sub-projects. Implementation of sub-projects cannot commence until the environmental and social aspects have been reviewed and appropriate mitigation measures have been adopted.
As regards social impacts due to land acquisition, the implementation of sub-projects cannot proceed until the resettlement and/or compensation plans have been prepared and implemented.
Step 5: Public Consultations and Disclosure:
Public consultations will also take place during the environmental and social screening process, and the results will be communicated to the public by the EFP and the SC/Tc Community Workerat at village, parish and Sub-county levels. The District/Municipal Environment Officer will communicate the results of environment and social screening at District/Municipal levela. .According to the procedures governing the EIA, public information and participation must be ensured during the scoping period and the preparation of the terms of reference of the Environmental Impact Assessment. This will be done by the District/municipal Environment Officer in collaboration with the District/Municipal Community Development Officer and the Community workers at lower LGs level. Public information includes particularly:
• One or several meetings for the presentation of the sub-project with a gathering of local authorities, the populations, the concerned organizations;
• The opening of a register available to all the populations where will be consigned the preoccupations, the appreciations, remarks and suggestions formulated on the project.
A public information program is initiated, and public notices are issued during the scoping and EIA preparation stages. Whenever a public concern over the proposed sub-project is indicated and impacts are extensive and far-reaching, the District Chief Administrative Officer/Town Clerk (CAO/TC) is required to organize a public hearing. The results of the public hearing should be taken into account when a decision is taken whether or not a permit is to be issued.
These consultations should allow for the identification of the main issues and determine how the concerns of all parties will be tackled in the terms of reference for the EIA. The results of the consultations will be included in the EIA report and made available to the public by the CAO/TC.
For the LGMSD Program activities, the public consultation process could be spearheaded by the EFP, in two phases:
- during the screening and classification of sub-project activities and
- during the analysis of environmental and social impacts.
Step 6: Environmental Monitoring and Follow-up
Environmental monitoring aims at checking the effectiveness and relevance of the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures. LG Environmental Officers as well as the trained persons at lower local government level will, depending on the scale or scope of the projects undertake the monitoring exercises in sequences and frequencies stipulated in the Project Implementation Schedule including where appropriate a Maintenance Schedule.
The District/Municipal Environment Officer, the Sub-couty/Town Council Environment Focal Person in conjunction with the relevant sector heads at high and lower LGs levels will monitor the implementation of environment mitigation measures based on the contractor’s workplan for District, lower LGs and parish investments.
The MoLG in collaboration with NEMA will monitor the implementation of the environment mitigation measures on a sample of LGs investments on quarterly basis. On annual basis the high LGs, MoLG in collaboration with NEMA will carry out a national assessment of LGs performance in environment and natural resource management using the indicators mentioned in step 7 in above.
Step 7: Monitoring indicators
The monitoring indicators are described in the context of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and are presented here below.
Environment Indicators
i) Loss of vegetation
ii) Land degradation
iii) Compliance with Legislations.
These indicators must be reviewed in conjunction with Environmental Guidelines for Contractors, Pesticides use, Waste management, Maintenance of Facilities (education and health infrastructure, roads, water and sanitation facilities.
Social indicators
i) Population incomes
ii) Environmental and social awareness
iii) Effect of program implementation on local household economies.
In order to assess the efficiency/functionality of the LG Environmental and Natural Resources Sector, MOLG prepared an Assessment Manual specifying monitoring indicators designed to enable evaluation of performance of LGIs in the execution of LG programs/projects. The indicators in place were:
i) District/Municipal development plan reflects sound analysis of environment opportunities and constraints.
ii) Evidence of envoronmental submission (e.g District/Municipal environmental action plan) and review by LGI commitees.
iii) District/Municipal Environmental Officer participates in formulation of Development Plans .
iv) Annual budget and allocations reflect the needs to address environmental issues in these plans.
v) Evidence that environment screening and EIAs, where appropriate are carried out for activities, projects and plans and mitigation measures are planned and budgetted for.
vi) Evidence that mitigating measures are being implemented.
vii) Evidence that mitigating measures are incorporated in bid documents.
viii) Special capacity enhancement strategies for district/municipal environment committees and DTPCs.
ix) Environmental awareness training planned for and carried out during the previous financial year.
Listed below the ESMF presents additional technical indicators to cover the broad spectrum of key elements in monitoring:
i) Water quality in communities meet international standards,
ii) Propriety and adequacy as well as location of sanitation facilities,
iii) Proper waste management practices related to construction works,
iv) Land restoration and revegetation after construction and or rehabilitation works,
v) Solid waste separation and recycling/disposal measures adopted in settlements,
vi) Quality of effluent waste discharges into the environment, particularly from sewageand thermal plants,
vii) Compliance with the Environmental Guidelines for Contractors
viii) Pest management practices by communities,
ix) Best practices in the implementation of program activities,
x) Appropriate and safe medical waste management especially the disposal of sharps and placenta, expired drugs etc.
8.3. Responsibilities for the Implementation of the Screening Process
The ESMF is a tool to be used by qualified/trained Environmental Officers and Focal Persons (EFPs) located in the Local Government entities. The EOs will coordinate their activities with NEMA at central level and provide, through the program, the requisite training for lower local government personnel.
The Environmental Checklists shown in annex 2 clearly identify the stages and institutional responsibilities for the screening, preparation, assessment, approval where appropriate and implementation of the mitigating measures identified for LGMSDP activities.
Table 10: Summary of the activities of the screening process and the responsibility centers
|Activity |Responsible officers/center |
|Initial screening in the field |SC/TC EFP |
|Assignment of Environment category |SC/TC EFP |
|Analysis of screening findings and preparation of screening forms|SC/TC EFP |
|and EIAs | |
|Review and approval of screening forms and EIAs reports and |District/Municipal Environment officer (D/MEO) |
|submission to NEMA | |
|Preapare and submit recommendations on EIAs to NEMA |D/MEO |
|Issue environment permit that confirms EIA is satisfactory |NEMA |
|Public consultation and disclosure |EFP |
|Environment Monitoring |SC/TC EFP, D/MEO, Sector Heads, NEMA, MoLG |
9. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ESMP)
9.1. Environmental and Social Management Plan
An Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) for the LGMSD Program is intended to ensure efficient environmental and social management of its activities. The ESMP outlines the institutional responsibilities and related costs for the implementation of the proposed project. (Please complete on basis of correct project components.)
Table 11: An example of the Environmental and Social Management Plan – Summary
|Project Activities|Potential |Mitigation Measures |Responsibility for |Responsibility for |Time Horizons |Cost Estimates |
| |Impacts | |implementing |monitoring | |(US$) |
| | | |Mitigation Measures |implementation of | | |
| | | | |the mitigation | | |
| | | | |measures | | |
|Component | | | | | | |
|-Construction of |Soil erosion, |Application of |Contractors | District/Municipal |Ongoing |Included in |
|buildings |loss of |Environmental | |Engineer & | |contracts |
| |vegetation, |Guidelines for | |District/Municipal | | |
| |soil and water |Contractors | |Environment Officer | | |
| |pollution | | |D/M CDO | | |
| | | | | | | |
| |Loss of land |Implementation of |CAO/TC & | |As required |As per value of |
| |and/or |the RPF |District/Municipal | | |property and |
| |livelihoods | |Community | | |resettlement |
| | | |Development Officer | | |expenses |
| | | |(D/MCDO | | | |
| | | | | | | |
|-Construction of |Soil erosion, |Application of |Contractors |District Medical |Ongoing |Included in |
|Health Centers |loss of |Environmental | |Officer of Health &| |contracts |
| |vegetation, |Guidelines for | |District/Municipal | | |
| |soil and water |Contractors | |Environment Officer | | |
| |pollution | | |- Do - | | |
| | | | | | | |
| |Generation of |Implementation of |District Medical | |As required |Included in project |
| |medical waste |relevant sections of|Officer of Health | | |costs |
| | |Medical Waste Plan |& District/Municipal| | | |
| | | |Environment Officer |CAO/TC & D/MCDO | | |
| | |Implementation of |D/MCDO | | | |
| | |the RPF | | |As required | |
| |Loss of land | | | | |Allocations from LG |
| |and/or | | | | |local revenue |
| |livelihoods | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
|-Roads |Soil erosion, |Application of |Contractors |District/Municipal |Ongoing |Included in |
| |loss of |Environmental | |Engineer & | |contracts |
| |vegetation, |Guidelines for | |District/Municipal | | |
| |soil and water |Contractors | |Environment | | |
| |pollution | | |OfficerD/MCDO | | |
| | | | | | | |
| |Loss of land |Implementation of |D/MCDO | |As required |Alocations from LG |
| |and/or |the RPF | | | |local revenue |
| |livelihoods | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
|-Water Supply & |Soil erosion, |Application of |Contractors |District Water |Ongoing |Included in |
|Sanitation |loss of |Environmental | |Officer & | |contracts |
| |vegetation, |Guidelines for | |District/Municipal | | |
| |soil and water |Contractors | |Environment officer | | |
| |pollution | | | | | |
| | |Application of |District Water | | | |
| | |Environmental |Officer | | | |
| | |Guidelines for Rural| |D/MCDO | | |
| | |Water Supply & | | | | |
| | |Sanitation | | | | |
| | |Sub-Projects | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | |Implementation of | | | | |
| |Loss of land |the RPF |D/MCDO | | | |
| |and/or | | | |As required | |
| |livelihoods | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| |Increase in | | | | | |
| |malaria and | | | | | |
| |other | | | | | |
| |water-borne | | | | | |
| |diseases | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
|Component: | | | | | | |
|Capacity Buidling | | | | | | |
|i)ENR management &| | | | | |US$8,584,800 |
|mainstreaming in | | | | | | |
|LGs | | | | | | |
|ii)ENR monitoring | | | | | | |
The equipment and logistics support requirements as well as the training components are specified with all the associated costs. These have been the subjects of detailed discussions with NEMA and at the stakeholders meetings.
The ESMP will be included in the Project Implementation Plan.
9.2. Institutions Responsible for Implementing and Monitoring the Mitigation Measures
Local Government Institutions, at their various levels are responsible for implementing and monitoring the prescribed mitigating measures throughout the program execution. This is in fact explicit in the participatory framework and environmental checklists formulated by MOLG and incorporated in this ESMF.
By the legal notices supplements of May 2004 under the National Environment Act, NEMA appointed several if not all District Environmental Officers as inspectors up to 2006 and presumably renewable, LG responsibilities for monitoring of environmental impacts of all socio-economic activities extends beyond the activities of the LGMSD program according legal status to LGs to call to order and eventually state the damages that could be incurred by corporations, industries/enterprises and others adversely impacting the environment in LG areas.
National Coordination/Supervision
At the central level, the NEMA, by it’s mandate oversees all environmental concerns in Uganda.
Execution/Implementation
• NEMA,Individual consultants or consultancy firms will be responsible for carrying out the EIA studies,
• Private contractors, where retained, as in some cases in the execution of program works activities and related mitigation measures shall undertake their tasks in accordance with this ESMF and the Environmental Guidelines for Contractors (Annex 2). The provisions of these documents will, amongst others be included the schedules for both the bidding and contract documents.
Monitoring
This exercise will be carried out by the Environmental Officers and suitably trained LLG personnel.
9.3 Capacity Building
This will be carried out through the following measures and activities:
xi) Provision of the minimum number of environmental officers for each district consistent with the scope and extent of environmental work required.
xii) Provision of the basic equipment and logistics required at the planning, implementation, sensitisation, training and monitoring stages of LG programs and this again for each district.
xiii) Training of HLG and LLG officers in environmental management and issues on resettlement/relocation of populations and associated elements such as loss/loss of access to assets/resources and the mechanisms for redressment.
xiv) Sustained sensitisation programs on education, awareness on issues of development, health,safety and security.
xv) Continued monitoring and assessment exercises by MOLG/PCU to follow-up and correct lapses or inadequacies that could arise at various LG levels.
Capacity Building For Enviroment And Social Management of LG Programs
A) Equipment, Training And Sensitisation Needs and Costs:
Following discusions with NEMA and in order to ensure smooth enviroment mainstreaming, all techinical staff and councillors need training in the use of the tools for environmental management. So far the checklists have been rolled over at district level whereby 11 technical staff in each district was trained in the use of the checklists. However following the training the following gaps were indentified and need urgent address. It therefore planned a number of activities to be implemented in order to:
• Consolidate capacity of environment mainstreaming at the district level
• Strengthen capacity of environment management at sub-county and division levels.
In reading this, it should be borne in mind that MOLG will have to scrutinise these activities to ensure harmony or avoid duplication with it’s capacity building activities.
Objective 1: Consolidate Capacity of Enviroment Mainstreaming and Monitoring at the District Level
The National Environmental Management Authority, NEMA has in the last 10 years developed capacity of 27 districts to undertake environment mainstreaming. The remaining 56 districts including the newly created districts do not have enough capacity to sustain environment mainstreaming. There is therefore need to undertake capacity building at district level in order to create a critical mass to undertake environment mainstreaming.
In order to consolidate the capacity built at district level the following activities will be undertaken:
Activity 1 Support For Envirometal Monitoring And Surveillance To 56 Local Governments
Table 12: Indicative Budget For One (1) District – Provision Of Equipment ( In $ US)
|ITEM |ITEM DETAIL |COST |TOTAL |
|Chemical and micro-bial test| | | |
|kit | | |21,600 |
| | | | |
|Computer | | |1,000 |
| | | | |
|Printer | | |500 |
| | | | |
|Photo copier | | |600 |
| | | | |
|Pick up | | |25,000 |
| | | | |
|LCD Projector | | |1,380 |
Sub-Total Equipment----------------------------------------------------$US50,080
Logistics
0. no. 4-wheel drive vehicule-----------------------------------------------$US25,000
1. no. Motobycycles----------------------------------------------------------$US18,000
Sub-Total—Logistics---------------------------------------------------- $US43,000
Recurrent costs, (annual) – maintenance of vehicules, fuel, cosummables and chemical reagents:
approximately--$US10,000
A staff audit must be undertaken at LGs to clearly define minimum personnel requirements.At least an Environmental Officer and two monitors will be required at District and Municipal councils and budgetted for.
Activity 2: Conduct environment mainstreaming training for councilors & DTPC in 56 districts.
Table 13: Budget for training of councillors in ENR management training
|Activity |Item |Item detail |Total |Comment |
|Conduct Environmental |Full board |75,000 x 5 x 45 |16,875,000 | |
|mainstreaming training in| | | | |
|56 districts for 5 days | | | | |
| |Transport refund |20,000 x 45 |900,000 | |
| |5 Resource persons for 6 days |75,000 x 5 x 6 |2,250,000 | |
| |(1 day for travel | | | |
| |Fuel |500,000 |500,000 | |
| |Driver for 6 days (1 day of |35,000 X 6 |210,000 | |
| |travel) | | | |
| |Hall Hire |150,000 X 5 |450,000 | |
| |Stationery |250,000 |250,000 | |
| |Vihical for fieldwork |100,000 x 2 |200,000 | |
| |1 training session 56 training| |21,635,000 | |
| |sessin | |2,423,120,000 | |
Activty 3: Undertake assesment and support for environment compliance at the district and sub-county level for all districts
Table 14: Budget for compliance assessment of LGs on ENR management
|Activity |Item |Item detail |Cost |Total |Comment |
|Assess for 3 days |2 monitors |75,000 x 2 x 3 |450,000 | |MOLG/PCU undertakes |
|per district per | | | | |this as a routine |
|year | | | | |exercise. |
| |Driver |35,000 x 3 |105,000 | | |
| |Fuel in the field |30,000 x 3 |250,000 | | |
| |Contingency |100,000 |100,000 | | |
| | | | |995,000 | |
| |83 districts | | |82,585,000 | |
Activity 4: Stakeholders Consultations.
Table 15: Budget for stakeholders consultation
|Activity |Item |Item detail |Cost |Total |Comment |
|Evaluation material| | | | | |
|Hire consultant |30 man days |300,000 x 30 |9,000,000 | | |
| |Field travel |300,000 |300,000 | | |
| |Per diem |75,000 x 15 |1,125,000 | | |
| |Consultative |1,000,000 x 4 |4,000,000 | | |
| |meetings at district| | | | |
| |level | | | | |
| | | |14,425,000 |14,425,000 | |
|Stakeholder |2 stakeholder |75,000 x 40 x 2 |6,000,000 | | |
|meetings |consultative 2 day | | | | |
| |meetings at national| | | | |
| |level 40 ppts | | | | |
| |Hall Hire |300,000 x 2 |600,000 | | |
| |Transport refund |50,000 x 40 |200,000 | | |
| |Photocoping |200,000 |200,000 | | |
| |Stationery |200,000 |200,000 | | |
|Publish materials |Posters, leaflets, |10,000 x 3000 x 3 |90,000,000 |90,000,000 | |
| |booklets @ 10,000 | | | | |
Objective: 5 STRENGTHENING LOCAL GOVERNMENT CAPACITY TO MAINSTREAM ENVIRONMENT IN DEVELOPMENT PLANS AT SUB – COUNTY LEVEL
Activity 1: Undertake enviromental training for all sub-counties, and 65 town councils (for the Sub–county Chief, LC Chaiman, Community development Officer, Chairman Investiment Committee, and other staff assigned environment responsibilities)
Table 16: ENR management training for LLGs
|Activity |Item |Item detail |Cost |Total cost |Comment |
|97 training |5 people per unit total|4825 x 65,000 x 3 |940,875,000 | | |
|workshops at |for 965 units 4825 | | | | |
|lower local |persons trained for 3 | | | | |
|councils |days | | | | |
| |Hall Hire |300,000 x 3 x 97 |87,300,000 | | |
| |Tranport refund |20,000 x 4825 |96,500,000 | | |
| |Per diem for 4 resource|75,000 x 4 people x 3 days x |87,300,000 | | |
| |persons at 75,000/= @ |97 | | | |
| |for 3 days | | | | |
| |Per diem for workshop |75,000 x 3 x 97 |21,825,000 | | |
| |administrator 75,000/= | | | | |
| |for 3 days | | | | |
| |Per diem for secretary |55,000 x 3 x 97 |16,005,000 | | |
| |@ 55,000/= for 3 days | | | | |
| |Per diem for rappotour |65,000 x 3 x 97 |18,910,000 | | |
| |@ 65,000/= for 3 days | | | | |
| |Per diem for driver @ |35,000 x 3 x 97 |20,370,000 | | |
| |35,000 for 3 days | | | | |
| |Per diem for monitor @ |75,000 x 2x3 x 97 |43,650,000 | | |
| |75,000 for 3 days | | | | |
| |4 resource persons’ |4 x 200,000 x 97 |77,600,000 | | |
| |allowance at 200,000 | | | | |
| |Fuel |250,000 x 97 x 2 |48,500,000 | | |
| |Contingency |200,000 x 97 |19,400,000 | | |
| | | |1,459,416,018 | | |
i.e $US 8,584,800 (Eight Million Five Hundred and Eighty Four Thousand,Eight Hundred) US Dollars.
Content of Training & and Costs
MOLG or NEMA will be primarily responsible for carrying out this training as it has done previously. The consultant proposes below, without this being exhaustive, the content of this exercise:
a) Environmental and Social Management process
• Review of Environmental and Social Management Process.
• Assignment of environmental categories
• Use of Screening form and Checklist
• Preparation of terms of reference for carrying out EA
• Design of appropriate mitigation measures.
• How to review and approve EA reports
• The importance of public consultations in the ESMF process.
• How to monitor project implementation and mitigation measures.How to embed the Environmental and Social Management process into the implementation of sub-projects.
b) Environmental and Social Policies, Procedures and Guidelines
• Review and' discussion of Uganda’s national environmental policies, procedures, and legislation,
• Review and discussion of the Bank's safeguards policies,
• Strategies for consultation, participation and social inclusion,
• Collaboration with institutions and stakeholders at all levels (local, provincial, national, NGOs.)
c) Selected Topics on Environmental Protection
• Hygiene and security during the program activities,
• Maintenance of infrastructures and equipments,
• Medical waste management,
• Pest management,
• Groundwater management,
• Protection of lakes, rivers, wetlands and other water bodies.
Provision for EIA and RAP:
No budgetary provisions have been made for EIA or RAPs as at the time of formulating this ESMF, the scope, extent or nature of sub- projects associated with the components/ activities and related services on the program were yet to be finalised nor was it evident that these or just statements would suffice for project approvals. Planning in LGs is done on annual basis and as such the sub-projects can only be known towards the end of each LG planning cycle (April/May). Hence no cost estimates for EIAs are provided. Furthermore, under LGDP II and I there were no cases of displacement nor resettlement of persons and as such no experience was gained in that respect to warrant a wise cost estimate
9.4. Monitoring Plan - Monitoring Indicators
The objective for monitoring is two fold:
(i) to alert project authorities and to provide timely information about the effectiveness of the Environmental and Social Management process outlined in the ESMF in such a manner that changes can be made as required to ensure continuous improvement to the process,
(ii) to make a final evaluation in order to determine whether the mitigation measures have been successful in such a way that the pre- program environmental and social conditions have been
restored, improved or worse than before and to determine what further mitigation measures may be required.
A number of indicators have been specified in chapter 8.2 step 7 to be used in order to determine the status of the affected environment as follows:
-has the pre-program human and natural environmental state been maintained or improved from program activities and,
-has the effectiveness of the ESMF technical assistance, review, approval and monitoring process been adequate to pre-empt and correct negative impacts inherent in certain types of LGMSDP activities.
Environmental Indicators:
• Loss of vegetation;
• -Land degradation;
• -Compliance with Legislations.
These indicators must be reviewed in conjunction with:
Environmental Guidelines for Contractors, Pesticides use, Waste management, Maintenance of Facilities (education and health infrastructure, roads, water and sanitation facilities.
Social indicators:
• Population incomes,
• Environmental and social awareness,
• Effect of programimplementation on local household economies.
Assessment for compliance indicators
In order to assess the efficiency/functionality of the LG Environmental and Natural Resources Sector, MOLG prepared an Assessment Manual specifying monitoring indicators designed to enable evaluation of performance of LGIs in the execution of LG programs/projects. The indicators in place were:
• District/Municipal development plan reflects sound analysis of environment opportunities and constraints.
• Evidence of envoronmental submission (e.g District/Municipal environmental action plan) and review by LGI commitees.
• District/Municipal Environmental Officer participates in formulation of Development Plans .
• Annual budget and allocations reflect the needs to address environmental issues in these plans.
• Evidence that environment screening and EIAs, where appropriate are carried out for activities, projects and plans and mitigation measures are planned and budgetted for.
• Evidence that mitigating measures are being implemented.
• Evidence that mitigating measures are incorporated in bid documents.
• Special capacity enhancement strategies for district/municipal environment committees and DTPCs.
• Environmental awareness training planned for and carried out during the previous financial year.
The consultant, in reviewing these indicators found them crucial to the monitoring process. They provide, taken together a method by which LGs can, in a timely manner identify and correct lapses or inadequacies be these administrative, financial or technical, in the execution of project environmental and social safeguards.
This ESMF presents additional technical indicators to cover the broad spectrum of key elements in monitoring:
i)water quality in communities meet international standards,
ii)propriety and adequacy as well as location of sanitation facilities,
iii)proper waste management practices related to construction works, land restoration and revegetation after construction and or rehabilitation works,
iv) solid waste separation and recycling/disposal measures adopted in settlements,
v) quality of effluent waste discharges into the environment, particularly from sewageand thermal plants,
vi) compliance with the Environmental Guidelines for Contractors
vii) pest management practices by communities,
viii) best practices in the implementation of program activities,
ix) appropriate and safe medical waste management especially the disposal of sharps and placenta, expired drugs etc.
These monitoring indicators should be included in the MOLG LOGICS Manual as well as in the Project Implementation Manual.
9.5. Budget for the Environmental and Social Management of the LGMSDP
The budget for environment and social management depending on the nature of environment mitigatin measures will not exceed 5% of the total sub-project cost. For this reason, the cost estimate for environment and social management of LGMSDP will be 5% of the Local Development Grant (that is US$6.9m).
The infrastructure and services environmental management costs should be determined for each sub-project and built into the project costs.
The Consultant felt that the PIPs should stipulate in a systematic manner follow-up plans, notably, in the maintenance of the facilities.
9.6 Institutional Support to the NEMA and Local Government Institutions
An increase in Budgetary and Institutional support for NEMA may be required if the authority has to oversee country-wide environmental management of the broader and more complex activities of LG Programs and programs/projects impacting LG communities. The LGMSDP will support NEMA to work hand in hand with MoLG to undertake the following activities.
Table 17: Budget estimate for the combined MoLG and NEMA support to LGs
|Activity |Cost estimates (Ushs.) |
|Training of LGs councillors in ENR management and |2,423,120,000 |
|mainstreaming | |
|Assessment of LGs for compliance with ENR management and |83,585,000 |
|mainstreaming procedures | |
|Stakeholders consultation |90,000,000 |
|Training of LLGs in ENR management and manistreaming |1,459,416,018 |
|Total |4,056,121,018 |
US$2,385,953,540 (exchange rate used:Ushs.1700+US$1)
Local Government institutions must be endowed with:
• adequate personnel for environmental management tasks,
• sufficient equipment and logistics such as transport,
• sufficient financial provisions for recurrent costs such as fuel and reagents for their monitoring programs.
10. RECOMMENDATIONS
10.1 Specific Recommendations
The consultant, during his field trip in all regions of the country has found certain key areas that will need to be addressed in the proposed program.
a) Solid Waste Management:The handling and disposal of several categories of waste should be well defined
-general household waste should be separated with inorganic matter set aside for subsequent recycling and organic (bio-degradable) matter to be composted for manure.Several LG institutions already have projects in the pipe-line in this connection.
–potentially toxic solid wastes such as batteries, unusable computer and refrigeration equipment should be properly stored.The present trend in some countries is for a contractual agreement between manufacturer and country for recovery and recycling or disposal of these types of waste.
b) Liquid Waste: All liquid waste should be treated and tested to determine it’s fitness for discharge into the environment. Liquid wastes from sewerage treatment plants and power plants are two examples in this regard. Oils and lubrifiants should be recovered as they can be recycled for use in power plants or sold in the mechanical/wood preservation market sector.
c) Water and Sanitation facilities should as a matter of priority be provided to all communities especially the poorest elements in densely populated settlements to pre-empt outbreaks of water-borne or water-related deseases.The siting of the facilities should be such that no pollution of water sources can take place. Proper drainage systems must be included in the design of all water points.
d) Community roads; dislocation of natural water-ways should where possible be avoided and use of culverts and drains long the road alignments should be the norme.
e) Markets and associted facilities such as adequate water and sanition and waste disposal should be provided/rehabilitated due to the crying need for them by communities.
f) Bee-keeping, weaving, dyeing, aqua-culture and agro-processing are key income-generating activities that should be promoted especially where they assist to alleviate pressures land use and resettlement/relocation issues.
g) Entomology programs such as malaria and bilharzia control activities should be promoted in all LG areas.
h) A staff and logistics audit should be carried out to determine the costs of environmental management and capacity building required at both HLG and LLG levels with the results translated into real financial obligations for Local Government support
i) For Northern and Eastern Uganda, given the on-going conflicts and the expected daunting issues related to economic and social development and associated environmental concerns, prevailing and expected resettlement and land issues to be addressed, the consultant strongly recommends that, for these two entities, ‘Stand Alone’ ESMFs and RPFs be formulated to deal with these issues as part of the soci-economic development programs and conflict-resolution strategies.
The LGMSDP will only fund the implementation of activities/sub-projects identified by the LGs during the annual planning cycle, within the mandate of the relevant LGs and approved by the council as stipulated by the Local Government Act. Hence any recommendation falling out of the mandate of the LGs will not be funded by the LGMSDP. All the activities to be funded by the LGMSDP will only be those associated by the projects identified by LGs and hence will be implemented by the LGs.
10.2 General Recommendations
These relate to the anarchic occupation of wetlands, drainage valleys, notably in large agglomerations and protected forests. The answer lies in the vigilance of LGs to prevent these settlements at the out-set.Where the municipality, district or LG area is land stressed, the LGIs should initiate less extensive socio-economic activities such as agro-processing, aqua-culture and appropriate cottage industries to sustain the populations concerned.
With repect to the infrastructure sub-projects of the LGMSD Program, the implementation of the EMPs and RAPs should be integral components of the overall project costs and as such cannot be side-lined nor postponed.
The contractors, in the execution of their contracts should:
• Comply with the environmental, management guidelines described in Annex 3
• Comply with all of the requirements of the EIA and the ESMF and shall, in accordance with accepted standards, employ techniques, practices and methods of construction that will ensure compliance with these standards and, in general, minimise environmental damage, control waste, avoid pollution, prevent loss or damage to natural resources, and minimise effects on surrounding landowners, occupants and the general public,
• Implement such agreed remedial measures immediately to prevent further damage and to repair and restore any damage that may have occurred prior to, during and after construction,
• Organise labour, plant, transport and equipment to perform the work in accordance with the environmental requirements,
• Ensure the project is implemented in accordance with the environmental standards specified in the ESMF,
• Implement agreed actions resulting from routine monitoring, or inspections,
• In addition, shall implement their own audits to ensure conformity with the requirements of the ESMF,
• No certficate of completion of works shall be given until such time as the LGMSD Project Management is satisfied through it’s own audit that all environmental and social mitigation measures have been effectively put in place.
ANNEX I: Environmental and Social Screening Form (ESSF)
Please type or print clearly, completing this form in its entirety. You may provide additional information on a separate sheet of paper if necessary. Kindly note that the information you are to provide is required by Section 22 of the National Environmental Management Act of 1994 and it is an offence to give inaccurate information under Section 53 (C) of the same Act.
SECTION 1: INFORMATION ON THE CONTACT PERSON
Name: -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Institutional Affiliation -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Business Title / position -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Business Address -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Telephone -----------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 2: DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT
Name of Proposed Project -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Date expected to start construction -----------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed location of project -----------------------------------------------------------------------
(Attach a map or maps, covering the proposed site and
surrounding 5 km radius)
Land Area -----------------------------------------------------------------------
(Approximate land area and of proposed location)
Current Land Use (Describe how the land is being used at present)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Describe any Possible Alternative Site(s) ---------------------------------------------------------
Describe other types of facilities (including health centres and schools) which are located within 100 metres of the site, or are proposed to be located near the proposed facility. Indicate the proximity of the proposed site to residential areas, national parks or areas of ecological, historical or cultural importance.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Indicate whether adequate infrastructure exists at the proposed location, or whether new building, roads, electricity and water lines, or drainage systems will need to be constructed as a part of the proposed project.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 3: EMPLOYEES AND LABOURERS
Number of people to be employed:
|Employees and Labourers |During Construction |During Routine Operation |
|FULL-TIME | | |
|PART-TIME | | |
Indicate whether you plan to construct housing / sanitation facilities for temporary or permanent workers.
SECTION 4: PRODUCTS
Briefly state the nature of the product(s) or output of the proposed sub-project and the expected quantities on a quarterly or annual basis. Indicate the intended uses of the product(s).
|Name of Product / Output |Description of Uses |Anticipated Output per Qtr/Yr |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
SECTION 5: BY-PRODUCTS, WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
Specify the nature of each waste or by-product and the quantity to be generated
|Type |Description |Quantity in Kg per wk/mo |Proposed disposal method |
|Solid (Bulk) | | | |
|Solid (particulate) | | | |
|Liquid | | | |
|Gaseous | | | |
|Medical Waste | | | |
|Asbestos | | | |
|PCB | | | |
|Other | | | |
| | | | |
Proposed method of disposal or management of waste (e.g. burning, burying, landfills etc.) and capacity needed to safely implement the proposed disposal method
|Type(s) and Source |Method of Disposal / Management |Capacity Needs |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
| | | |
Indicate sources of noise pollution, the type / quality of noise (i.e. machinery / repetitive pounding, etc.)
|Source of Noise |Type of Noise |
| | |
| | |
| | |
| | |
SECTION 6: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
Please indicate environmental impacts that may occur as a result of the proposed project.
A. The Biological Environment
8.0 The Natural Environment
8.1 Describe the habitats and flora and fauna in the sub-project area and in the entire area expected to be affected by the sub-project (e.g., downstream areas, access roads):
________________________________________________________________
8.2 Will the sub-project directly or indirectly affect:
8.2.1 Natural forest types?
8.2.2 Mangroves or swamps?
8.2.3 Wetlands (i.e., lakes, rivers, swamps, seasonally inundated areas)?
8.2.4 Natural critical habitats (parks, protected areas)?
8.2.5 Other habitats of threatened species that require protection under Mozambican laws and/or international agreements?
YES ________ NO _______
8.3 Are there according to background research / observations any threatened / endemic species in the project area that could be affected by the project?
YES _________ NO ________
8.4 Will vegetation be cleared?
YES _________ NO _________
8.5 Will there be any potential risk of habitat fragmentation due to the clearing activities?
YES ________ NO __________
8.6 Will the project lead to a change in access, leading to an increase in the risk of depleting biodiversity resources?
YES ________ NO _________
Provide an additional description for “yes” answers:
_______________________________________________
9.0 Protected Areas
Does the sub-project area or do sub-project activities:
9.1 Occur within or adjacent to any designated protected areas?
YES ______ NO _______
9.2 Affect any protected area downstream of the project?
YES ______ NO _______
9.3 Affect any ecological corridors used by migratory or nomadic species located between any protected areas or between important natural habitats (protected or not) (e.g., mammals or birds)?
YES ______ NO _______
Provide an additional description for “yes” answers:
________________________________________________________
10.0 Invasive Species
10.1 Is the sub-project likely to result in the dispersion of or increase in the population of invasive plants or animals (e.g., along distribution lines or as a result of a dam)?
YES ______ NO ______
Provide an additional description for a “yes” answer:
_____________________________________________________________________
B. The Physical Environment
11.0 Geology / Soils
11.1 Will vegetation be removed and any surface left bare? YES _____ NO _____
11.2 Will slope or soil stability be affected by the project? YES _____ NO _____
11.3 Will the sub-project cause physical changes in the project area (e.g., changes to the topography)? YES _____ NO ______
11.4 Will local resources, such as rocks, wood, sand, gravel, or groundwater be used?
YES ____ NO ____
11.5 Could the sub-project potentially cause an increase in soil salinity in or downstream the project area? YES ______ NO ______
11.6 Could the soil exposed due to the project potentially lead to an increase in lixiviation of metals, clay sediments, or organic materials? YES ______ NO _______
____________________________________________________________
12.0 Landscape / Aesthetics
12.1 Is there a possibility that the sub-project will adversely affect the aesthetics of the landscape? YES _____ NO ____
_______________________________________________________
13.0 Pollution
13.1 Will the sub-project use or store dangerous substances (e.g., large quantities of hydrocarbons)? YES ______ NO _______
13.2 Will the sub-project produce harmful substances? YES _____ NO _____
13.3 Will the sub-project produce solid or liquid wastes? YES _____ NO _____
13.4 Will the sub-project cause air pollution? YES _____ NO ______
13.5 Will the sub-project generate noise? YES _____ NO ______
13.6 Will the sub-project generate electromagnetic emissions? YES ____ NO _____
13.7 Will the sub-project release pollutants into the environment? YES ____ NO ____
13.8 Will the sub-project generate medical waste? YES___ NO_
13.9 Will the sub-project generate asebestos? YES NO
14.0 Will the sub-project generate PCB? YES NO__
_____________________________________________________
C. The Social Environment
14.0 Land Use, Resettlement, and/or Land Acquisition
14.1 Describe existing land uses on and around the sub-project area (e.g., community facilities, agriculture, tourism, private property, or hunting areas):
____________________________________________________________
14.2 Are there any land use plans on or near the sub-project location, which will be negatively affected by sub-project implementation? YES ____ NO ____
14.3 Are there any areas on or near the sub-project location, which are densely populated which could be affected by the sub-project? YES _____ NO _____
14.4 Are there sensitive land uses near the project area (e.g., hospitals, schools)?
YES ____ NO____
14.5 Will there be a loss of livelihoods among the population? YES ____ NO ____
14.6 Will the sub-project affect any resources that local people take from the natural environment? YES _____ NO ______
14.7 Will there be additional demands on local water supplies or other local resources? YES _____ NO ______
14.8 Will the sub-project restrict people's access to land or natural resources?
YES ____ NO ____
14.9 Will the project require resettlement and/or compensation of any residents, including squatters? YES _____ NO _____
14.10 Will the sub-project result in construction workers or other people moving into or having access to the area (for a long time period and in large numbers compared to permanent residents)? YES ____ NO _____
14.11 Who is/are the present owner(s)/users of resources/infrastructures the sub-project area?
_____________________________________________________________
15.0 Loss of Crops, Fruit Trees, and Household Infrastructure
Will the sub-project result in the permanent or temporary loss of:
15.1 Crops?
15.2 Fruit trees / coconut palms?
15.3 Household infrastructure?
15.4 Any other assets/resources?
16.0 Occupational Health and Safety, Health, Welfare, Employment, and Gender
16.1 Is the sub-project likely to safeguard worker’s health and safety and public safety (e.g., occupational health and safety issues)? YES _____ NO ______
16.2 How will the sub-project minimize the risk of accidents? How will accidents be managed, when they do occur?
_____________________________________________________________________
16.3 Is the project likely to provide local employment opportunities, including employment opportunities for women? YES ______ NO _____
Provide an additional description for “yes” answers:
_______________________________________________________________
17.0 Historical, Archaeological, or Cultural Heritage Sites
Based on available sources, consultation with local authorities, local knowledge and/or observations, could the sub-project alter:
17.1 Historical heritage site(s) or require excavation near the same? YES ____ NO _____
17.2 Archaeological heritage site(s) or require excavation near the same? YES ____ NO ____
17.3 Cultural heritage site(s) or require excavation near the same? YES _____ NO ____
17.4 Graves, or sacred locations (e.g., fetish trees or stones) or require excavations near the same? YES ______ NO ______
N.B For all affirmative answers ( YES) Provide description, possible alternatives reviewed and/or appropriate mitigating measures.
__________________________________________________________
D. RECOMMENDATIONS:
Based on the above screening results, the following recommendations are made:
1. The sub-project has been assigned the environmental category A: Since the parent project has been categorized as a B, this sub-project cannot be funded.
2. The sub-project has been assigned the environmental category: B1: Implementation of the environmental mitigation measures as proposed in the Environmental and Social Checklist (with amendments as appropriate) and as per Environmental Guidelines for Contractors and Clause 8 contained in the Bidding Documents will suffice
3. The sub-project has been assigned the environmental category B2: The sub-project will require a separate Environmental Impact Assessment to be reviewed and approved by NEMA.
4. The sub-project has been assigned the environmental category C: The sub-project does not require any additional environmental work and therefore can be implemented immediately.
In the event that a sub-project requires land acquisition, please prepare and implement a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) consistent with the provisions of the Resettlement Policy Framework, July 2007
Please note that civil works cannot commence until the provisions of the RAP have been implemented to the satisfaction of the World Bank and the affected persons.
______
SECTION 8: TESTIMONY
I confirm that the information provided herein is accurate to the best of my knowledge
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Signed : District/Municipal Environment Officer Date :
|For Official Use Only |
|Screening Results Reviewed by : D/M EO or Sector Officer |
|Date : |
| |
|Classified A B C |
| |
|Reasons for the Classification : |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|Endorsed by : The District/Municipal Environment Officer Date : |
| |
|Approved by Executive Director : Date : |
ANNEX II: ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL CHECKLISTS
| |
| |Report to: |
| |[pic] |Ministry of Local Government | |
| |Uganda | | |
| |Environmental Checklist for Parish/Ward Local Councils | |
| | | |
| | |
| | |
| |Report to: |
| |[pic] |Ministry of Local Government |
| | | |
| |Uganda | |
| |Environmental Checklist for Parish/WARD Local COUNCILS |
| |MAY 2004 |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | |
| | |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire A
Part B: Environmental Checklist
1.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLIST For Parish/Community Local Governments
1.1 Water Supply Infrastructure
1.2 Sanitation
1.3 Drainage
1.4 Roadways and Footpaths
1.5 Solid Waste Management
1.6 General Construction
1.7 CROP HUSBANDRY 20
1.8 Livestock and Range Management 23
1.9 Fisheries (Aquaculture) 24
1.10 Bee Keeping 27
1.11 Piggery 29
1.12 Rabbit Keeping 32
1.13 Zero Grazing
1.14 Markets
1.15 Health Centers
2.0 GLOSSARY OF SOME TERMS USED IN THE CHECKLIST
INTRODUCTION
This Environmental Checklist has been prepared to aid various levels of local government to identify and determine potential environmental impacts of proposed projects and suggests possible measures for mitigation of adverse impacts. The checklist is intended to be used for all projects implemented utilising capital development funds available through central government transfers and can be used on any project the Local Government plans to implement regardless of where funding comes from.
The Checklist has been prepared in three volumes, one for each level of Local Government, ie; District/Municipality, Sub-county/Division and Parish/Community levels.
The process whereby Local Governments identify environmental impacts of their intended projects starts with a questionnaire that assists LGs screen and identify potential environmental issues. Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire provides the list of simple questions concerning intended projects that will enable LGs decide whether further assessment is required. The questionnaire makes reference to appropriate sections of Part B: Environmental Checklist, which provides much more detail on potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures that can be taken.
This Environmental Checklist is structured on projects to be undertaken at the Parish and community levels. The checklist can also act as a guide for those projects that are not particularly mentioned but fall under the sectors dealt with in this checklist. The Checklist is intended to be used by the planning and development committees of the appropriate level of local government.
The Checklist covers projects by sector. This implies that projects are similar at the different levels of local government. There is however difference in the scale of the project. The difference in scale of the projects subsequently leads to differences in skills and funding required in implementing the proposed mitigation measures. The sectors that are focused upon include water supply, sanitation, drainage, roads, solid waste management, agriculture, fisheries and markets.
Under each sector, impacts of activities of projects on environmental components are identified for the planning, construction and operation phases. Environmental components impacted by specific activities of the project are outlined. The nature of environmental concerns or impacts are elaborated. Actions to mitigate impacts are proposed, along with the key actors responsible for implementing the mitigation measures.
Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire
| |Yes |No |Environmental Impact |
| | | |Analysis Checklist Guidance |
|A Type of activity – Will the project: |
|1 |Support rural water supply schemes? | | |1.1 |
|2 |Support rural sanitation schemes? | | |1.2 |
|3 |Support any drainage activities? | | |1.3 |
|4 |Build or rehabilitate any rural roads? | | |1.4 |
|5 |Involve solid waste management? | | |1.5 |
|6 |Support general construction i.e. build or rehabilitate structures | | |1.6 |
|7 |Support agricultural activities? | | |1.7 |
|8 |Support animal husbandry or processing? | | |1.8 |
|9 |Support aquaculture? | | |1.9 |
|10 |Support beekeeping? | | |1.10 |
|11 |Support keeping pigs? | | |1.11 |
|12 |Support keeping rabbits? | | |1.12 |
|13 |Support zero grazing? | | |1.13 |
|14 |Support markets? | | |1.14 |
|If the answer to any of questions 1-14 is “Yes”, please use the Indicated section of the Environmental checklist for guidance on how |
|to avoid or minimize typical impacts and risks. |
|B Environment - Will the project: |
| | |Yes |No |Environmental Impact |
| | | | |Analysis Checklist Guidance |
| |WATER AND WETLANDS | | | |
|15 |Affect the amount of water? | | |1.1, 1.4, 1.7, 1.8 |
|16 |Affect the quality of water? | | |1.1, 1.2, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 1.11, |
| | | | |1.12 |
|17 |Have an effect on aquatic life e.g. fish? | | | |
|18 |Cause flooding? | | |1.1,1.4 |
|19 |Change the direction of water flow | | |1.1,1.4 |
|20 |Affect the wetland in anyway? | | |1.9 |
|21 |Affect forests or grasslands in anyway? | | |1.8 |
| |LAND USE/ SOIL/ GEOLGY | | | |
|22 |Lead to soil erosion? | | |1.1 to 1.8 |
|23 |Lead to loss of soil fertility? | | |1.7, 1.8, 1.12 |
|24 |Change existing or planned land use in a negative way? | | |1.1, 1.4, 1.12 |
|25 |Expose people, structures or property to steep slope problems such as | | |1.1 |
| |mudslides or landslides? | | | |
|26 |Be located in an area that is likely to collapse or subside? | | |1.1 |
| |AIR QUALITY | | | |
|27 |Result in air emissions or deterioration of quality of air e.g. through | | |1.1, 1.2, 1.6, 1.11, 1.12 |
| |suspended dust? | | | |
| |SOCIAL IMPACTS | | | |
|28 |Be likely to require mitigation measures that result in the project being | | |1.4, 1.6, 1.14 |
| |socially or financially unacceptable? | | | |
|29 |Negatively affect the women, men, children or disabled people? | | |1.1, 1.4 |
|30 |Be affordable to the community? | | |1.14 |
|31 |Alter the location or distribution of the human population in that area? | | |1.4, 1.14 |
|32 |Increase hazards to cars, bicycles, motorcycles or people walking on foot?| | |1.2, 1.4, 1.6 |
|33 |Lead to uncomfortable noise levels in the area? | | |1.11, 1.12 |
|34 |Impact on public utilities such as hospitals, schools, water, power, | | |1.1, 1.3, 1.5 |
| |energy, waste disposal systems or recreational areas? | | | |
|35 |Expose people to health and safety hazards/problems? | | |1.1 to 1.8, 1.10, 1.12 |
| |BIOLOGICAL | | | |
|36 |Affect plants or animals? | | |1.1, 1.4, 1.6, 1.7,1.8, 1.10 |
| |CULTURAL | | | |
|37 |Disturb, alter or destroy a site that is important to preserving unique | | |1.6 |
| |cultural, historical, religious, or spiritual values? | | | |
|If the answer to any of questions 15-37 is “Yes”, please use the Indicated section(s) of the Environmental checklist for guidance on |
|how to avoid or minimize typical impacts and risks. |
CERTIFICATION FORM
Project Name: …………………………………………………………………………………………
Project Location: ……………………………………………………………………………………..
Does the project application document contain the following information?
|No. | |Yes |No |N\A |
|1 |Description of the proposed project and where it is located? | | | |
|2 |Reasons for proposing the project? | | | |
|3 |The estimated cost for production and operation? | | | |
|4 |Information about how the site was chosen, and what alternatives were considered. | | | |
|5 |A map or drawing showing the location and boundary of the project including any land required | | | |
| |temporarily during construction. | | | |
|6 |The plan for any physical works (e.g. layout, buildings, other structures, construction | | | |
| |materials) | | | |
|7 |Any new access arrangements or changes to existing road layouts. | | | |
|8 |Any land that needs to be acquired, as well as who owns it, lives on it or has rights to use it. | | | |
|9 |A work program for construction, operation and decommissioning the physical works, as well as any| | | |
| |site restoration needed afterwards. | | | |
|10 |Construction methods. | | | |
|11 |Resources used in construction and operation (e.g. materials, water, energy). | | | |
|12 |Information about measures included in the project plan to avoid or minimize adverse | | | |
| |environmental and social impacts. | | | |
|13 |Details of any permits required for the project. | | | |
|If the answers to questions 1-13 is “Yes” or” N/A” (Not Applicable), then the project should be certified. |
|If the answer to any of questions 1-13 is “No” the project should not be certified unless reasons why have been clearly stated. |
CERTIFICATION
We certify that to the best of our knowledge, the project plan as described in the Environmental Impact Analysis report attached will be adequate to avoid or minimize all adverse environmental and social impacts.
Community representative: Name………………………………..Signature………………...……..Date:…………..…
Extension team/ Environmental representative
Name……………………………….Signature:………………………..Date:……………
| |
| |Report to: |
| |[pic] |Ministry of Local Government | |
| |Uganda | | |
| |Environmental Checklist for Sub-County/Division/Town Council | |
| |Local Governments | |
| | | |
| | |
| | |
| |Report to: |
| |[pic] |Ministry of Local Government |
| | | |
| |Uganda | |
| |Environmental Checklist for Sub-county/Division/Town Council Local Governments |
| |MAY 2004 |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | |
| | |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION i
Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire A
Part B: Environmental Checklist Error! Bookmark not defined.
1.0 Environmental Checklist for Sub county/ DIVisION/ town council Local Governments 1
1.1 Water Supply 1
1.2 Roads 5
1.3 Drainage 9
1.4 Sanitation 12
1.5 Solid Waste Management 16
1.6 General Construction 18
1.7 Health Centers
2.0 GLOSSARY OF SOME TERMS USED IN THE CHECKLIST 1
INTRODUCTION
This Environmental Checklist has been prepared to aid various levels of local government to identify and determine potential environmental impacts of proposed projects and suggests possible measures for mitigation of adverse impacts. The checklist is intended to be used for all projects implemented utilising capital development grant funds available through central government transfers and can be used on any project the Local Government plans to implement regardless of where funding comes from.
The Checklist has been prepared in three volumes, one for each level of Local Government, ie; District/Municipality, Sub-county/Division and Parish/Community levels.
The process whereby Local Governments identify environmental impacts of their intended projects starts with a questionnaire that assists LGs screen and identify potential environmental issues. Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire provides the list of simple questions concerning intended projects that will enable LGs decide whether further assessment is required. The questionnaire makes reference to appropriate sections of Part B: Environmental Checklist, which provides much more detail on potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures that can be taken.
This Environmental Checklist is structured on projects to be undertaken at the Sub-county and Division levels. The checklist can also act as a guide for those projects that are not particularly mentioned but fall under the sectors dealt with in this checklist. The Checklist are intended to be used by the planning and development committees as well as sector departments of the appropriate level of local government.
The Checklist covers projects by sector. This implies that projects are similar at the different levels of local government. There is however difference in the scale of the project. The difference in scale of the projects subsequently leads to differences in skills and funding required in implementing the proposed mitigation measures. The sectors that are focused upon include water supply, sanitation, drainage, roads, solid waste management, production and general construction.
Under each sector, impacts of activities of projects on environmental components are identified for the planning, construction and operation phases. Environmental components impacted by specific activities of the project are outlined. The nature of environmental concerns or impacts are elaborated. Actions to mitigate impacts are proposed, along with the key actors responsible for implementing the mitigation measures.
Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire
| |Yes |No |Environmental Impact |
| | | |Analysis Checklist Guidance |
|A Type of activity – Will the project: |
|1 |Support rural water supply schemes? | | |1.1 |
|2 |Build or rehabilitate any rural roads? | | |1.2 |
|3 |Support any drainage activities? | | |1.3 |
|4 |Support rural sanitation schemes? | | |1.4 |
|5 |Involve solid waste management? | | |1.5 |
|6 |Support general construction i.e. build or rehabilitate structures | | |1.6 |
|If the answer to any of questions 1-6 is “Yes”, please use the Indicated section of the Environmental checklist for guidance on how |
|to avoid or minimize typical impacts and risks. |
|B Environment - Will the project: |
| | |Yes |No |Environmental Impact |
| | | | |Analysis Checklist Guidance |
| |WATER AND WETLANDS | | | |
|7 |Affect the amount of water? | | |1.1,1.2 |
|8 |Affect the quality of water? | | |1.1, 1.2, 1.4 |
|9 |Affect the aquatic life e.g. fish? | | | |
|10 |Cause flooding? | | |1.1, 1.2 |
|11 |Change the direction of water flow | | |1.1, 1.2 |
|12 |Affect the wetland in anyway? | | |1.2 |
| |LAND USE/ SOIL/ GEOLGY | | | |
|13 |Lead to soil erosion? | | |1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6 |
|14 |Change existing or planned land use in a negative way? | | |1.1, 1.4 |
|15 |Expose people, structures or property to steep slope problems such as | | |1.1 |
| |mudslides or landslides? | | | |
|16 |Be located in an area that is likely to collapse or subside? | | |1.1 |
| |AIR QUALITY | | | |
|17 |Result in air emissions or deterioration of quality of air e.g. through | | |1.1, 1.2, 1.6 |
| |suspended dust? | | | |
| |SOCIAL IMPACTS | | | |
|18 |Be likely to require mitigation measures that result in the project being | | |1.2, 1.6 |
| |socially or financially unacceptable? | | | |
|19 |Negatively affect the women, men, children or disabled people? | | |1.1, 1.2 |
|20 |Alter the location or distribution of the human population in that area? | | |1.2 |
|21 |Increase hazards to cars, bicycles, motorcycles or people walking on foot?| | |1.2, 1.4, 1.6 |
|22 |Impact on public utilities such as hospitals, schools, water, power, | | |1.1, 1.3, 1.5 |
| |energy, waste disposal systems or recreational areas? | | | |
|23 |Expose people to health and safety hazards/problems? | | |1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6 |
| |BIOLOGICAL | | | |
|24 |Affect plants or animals? | | |1.1, 1.2, 1.6 |
| |CULTURAL | | | |
|25 |Disturb, alter or destroy a site that is important to preserving unique | | |1.6 |
| |cultural, historical, religious, or spiritual values? | | | |
|If the answer to any of questions 7- 25 is “Yes”, please use the Indicated section(s) of the Environmental checklist for guidance on |
|how to avoid or minimize typical impacts and risks. |
CERTIFICATION FORM
Project Name: ……………………………………………………………………………..
Project Location: ………………………………………………………………………….
Does the project application document contain the following information?
|No. | |Yes |No |N\A |
|1 |Description of the proposed project and where it is located? | | | |
|2 |Reasons for proposing the project? | | | |
|3 |The estimate cost for production and operation? | | | |
|4 |Information about how the site was chosen, and what alternatives were considered. | | | |
|5 |A map or drawing showing the location and boundary of the project including any land | | | |
| |required temporarily during construction. | | | |
|6 |The plan for any physical works (e.g. layout, buildings, other structures, construction | | | |
| |materials) | | | |
|7 |Any new access arrangements or changes to existing road layouts. | | | |
|8 |Any land that needs to be acquired, as well as who owns it, lives on it or has rights to | | | |
| |use | | | |
|9 |A work program for construction, operation and decommissioning the physical works, as well | | | |
| |as any site restoration needed afterwards. | | | |
|10 |Construction methods. | | | |
|11 |Resources used in construction and operation (e.g. materials, water, energy). | | | |
|12 |Information about measures included in the project plan to avoid or minimize adverse | | | |
| |environmental and social impacts. | | | |
|13 |Details of any permits required for the project. | | | |
|If the all answers to questions 1-13 is “Yes” or” N/A” (Not Applicable), then the project should be certified. |
|If the answer to any of questions 1-13 is “No” the project should not be certified unless reasons why have been clearly |
|stated. |
CERTIFICATION
We certify that to the best of our knowledge, the project plan as described in the Environmental Impact Analysis report attached will be adequate to avoid or minimize all adverse environmental and social impacts.
Sub County / Division Representative:
Name………………………………..Signature………………...……...Date:……………
Extension team/ Environmental representative
Name……………………………….Signature:………………………..Date:……………
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1. A Field Appraisal report will be completed and added to the project file before the project is appraised if the project:
• Needs to acquire land, or an individual or community’s access to land or available resources is affected or changed, or any individual or family is displaced
• Encroaches onto an important natural habitat, restricts access to resources within that area, or may affect ecologically sensitive ecosystems (e.g. rivers, streams, wetlands)
• Involves or introduces the use of pesticides
• Involves, or results in: a) diversion or use of surface waters; b) construction and/or rehabilitation of latrines, septic or sewage systems; c) production of waste (e.g. slaughterhouse waste, medical waste, etc
• Involves acquiring a Permit
If a field appraisal was made, are the relevant certified documents attached?
|YES | |NO | |
• If answer is YES, then proceed to the desk appraisal.
• If answer is NO, then do the Filed Appraisal before proceeding to the Desk Appraisal.
3. Desk Appraisal by Review Authority:
Is the application complete with all significant environment issues resolved and no further project planning required?
|YES | |NO | |
• If answer is YES, the project should be approved.
• If answer is NO, the project should not be approved until all environmental issues are resolved.
Name of Desk Appraisal Officer (Preferably District Environmental Officer):
……………………………………………………….
Signature:………………………………………….
Date:……………………………………………….
| |
PART B : ENVIRONMENTAL CHECKLISTS FOR SUB-COUNTIES/TOWN COUNCILS
Environmental Checklist for Sub county/ Division/Town council Local Governments
Water Supply
|Project/Activity |Environmental component affected |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation |Required action /mitigation measure by |
| | | |by Local Government |measure by |Contractor |
| | | | |Community | |
|Stand post PLANNING PHASE |Human beings |Land disputes between the contractor |Consult the District Water Officer |Community should be willing to| |
| |Land |and owners of land on which the |and District Engineer for technical |contribute land required for | |
| | |borehole is constructed. |input. |the stand post. | |
| | | |Suitable site selection. |Sensitise people about the | |
| | | |Community involvement. |project. | |
| | | |Sensitise people on whose land the | | |
| | | |standpost will be. | | |
| | | |Educate the people about the | | |
| | | |importance of using safe water. | | |
| | | | | | |
|Stand post: CONSTRUCTION |Soil |Destruction of vegetation causing loss|Restrict construction to dry season | |Limit vegetation clearing to the specific |
|PHASE |Vegetation |of habitat (home) for animals. |to reduce soil erosion and silting | |site of water source and trench. |
| |Human beings |Increased dust levels due to removal |of surface water sources. | |Re-plant vegetation on construction area |
|Excavation | |of vegetation. | | |upon completion to reduce soil erosion and|
| | |Soil erosion especially during the | | |maintain natural beauty. |
| | |rain season. | | |Construct drainage ditch to divert runoff |
| | |Siltation of surface water downstream | | |water around the stand post area and |
| | |as a result of soil erosion. | | |discharge from this ditch should be a |
| | |Land disputes. | | |minimum of 25 feet and down slope from the|
| | | | | |spring. |
|Standposts |Human beings are affected |Overflow of water around standpost |Select site for standpost where |Support to routine maintenance|Fill any depressions in the vicinity of |
| |economically |providing breeding ground for water |there is drainage away from the |of taps to minimise wastage of|the standpost and construct a drainage |
|OPERATION PHASE: |Water |borne diseases. |stand post. |water. |channel to lead wastewater away from stand|
| |Soil |Leakage from stand posts resulting in |Do not locate standpost in a |Choose a standpost/ water |post and into local drainage channels. |
|Use of stand post | |increased costs from the wastage of |depression or on low-lying poorly |attendant to ensure that the |Place gravel fill sloping away from the |
| | |water. |drained site. |tap is properly closed to |stand post. |
| | |Contamination of surface water by the | |avoid wasting water. | |
| | |overflow. | |Slashing around the standpost | |
| | | | |to destroy habitat for disease| |
| | | | |causing vectors | |
| | | | |Remove debris from the | |
| | | | |drainage to prevent blockage. | |
|Secondary Distribution |Human beings |Consult the District Water Officer for|Community consultation. |Community should be willing to| |
|Piping: |Land |technical input. |Consult Water Officer for technical |contribute land for the | |
|PLANNING PHASE | |Land disputes |input. |piping. | |
| | | |Acquisition of land. | | |
| | | |Sensitisation of the people | | |
| | | |occupying the land where trenches | | |
| | | |are excavated. | | |
|Secondary Distribution |Soil |Destruction of vegetation causing loss|Sensitisation of the people about |Participate in digging the |Limit vegetation clearing to the specific |
|Piping: |Vegetation |of habitat (home) for animals. |the project. |trenches for the pipes. |site of trench |
| |Human beings |Increased dust levels due to removal |Restrict construction to dry season | |Re-plant vegetation on construction area |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE |Water |of vegetation. |to reduce soil erosion and silting | |upon completion to reduce soil erosion. |
| | |Soil erosion will occur especially |of surface water sources. | |Provide surface drainage to prevent |
|Excavation of trenches | |during the rain season. | | |collection of runoff water along pipeline |
|Pipe laying | |Surface water downstream will be | | |route. |
| | |silted as a result of transportation | | |Ensure that sewage collection piping is |
| | |of loose soil. | | |installed in separate trench from water |
| | |Land disputes. | | |supply piping with adequate separation, |
| | | | | |preferably on opposite sides of street |
| | | | | |and, where pipes cross, an impermeable |
| | | | | |barrier is installed between the pipes. |
|Secondary Distribution |Human health |Leakage from broken pipes creating |On regular basis flush system to |Report leakages to authority. |Ensure that positive pressure maintained |
|Piping: |Water |ponds of water in which disease |remove accumulated silt. |Contribute money towards |in pipes at all times. |
| | |carrying organisms thrive | |maintenance. | |
|OPERATION PHASE | |Negative pressure in pipes drawing | | | |
|Use of piped water | |contaminated water and soil into water| | | |
| | |supply source. | | | |
Roads
|Project/Activity |Environmental component affected |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure|Required action /mitigation |Required action /mitigation measure by |
| | | |by Local Government |measure by |Contractor |
| | | | |Community | |
|Roads |Human beings |Displacement of people |Identify good borrow pit areas near| | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Land |Source of materials for the gravel. |the road. | | |
| | | |Sensitisation of people along the | | |
| | | |proposed route. | | |
|Roads |Soil |Creates ponds and pools of water if left|Regular maintenance of culvert | |Restore the borrow areas with topsoil that|
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE |Human beings |open. May encourage breeding of |crossings with proper de-silting | |had been spread to the side of the borrow |
| |Animals |mosquitoes and cause accidents. |measures put in place. | |area then plant grass and allow natural |
|Excavations in borrow |Geology |Siltation of waterways |Sensitise the workforce and | |re-growth of vegetation. |
|areas. |Plants |Erosion and sedimentation during |communities about the risk of | |Proper grading of the road at the right |
|Grading to attain right | |construction. |diseases, especially HIV/AIDS. This| |camber being adopted for earth roads. |
|camber | |Labour accidents. |should be done thro-out the | |Creation of proper waterways like outfalls|
|Use of equipment | |Silting. |construction process. | |and offshoots at crossings and steep |
|Culvert installation | |Oil and petrol spills may happen during |Sensitise the communities on the | |slopes to channel the water off the road. |
|Fuelling | |refuelling or transportation. |benefits of having a properly | |Provide first aid kits. |
| | |Low wages and untimely payment of |constructed road. | |Sensitise and train labourers in the use |
| | |workers. |Involve the community at the start | |of equipment. |
| | |Dumping of construction debris e.g. soil|of the project by recruiting them | |Provide protective gear |
| | |waste material in wetlands. |to work on the roads so that they | |Install the proper culverts and headwalls |
| | |Clearing wetlands to give way for |can develop a sense of belonging to| |with outfalls sited in the proper |
| | |construction using culverts and |the entire project. | |direction of flow. |
| | |embankment fills, infilling some parts |Hold stakeholders’ conferences and | |Proper grading of the road |
| | |with gravel. These activities are likely|clear map out the roles of each | |Drainage channels should be designed and |
| | |to interfere with water flow/local |stakeholder on the project. This | |implemented to avoid the transfer, |
| | |drainage and may interfere with the |will be done using the area local | |deposition and accumulation of silt, |
| | |capacity of the wetland to filter and |council works committees. | |especially in wetlands. |
| | |clean water. | | |Fuelling should be done away from water |
| | |Increased accidents | | |sources/ wetlands. |
| | |Human and organic wastes polluting the | | |Soil bunds should be constructed around a |
| | |watercourses. | | |single designated area for the washing, |
| | |Reduction of cropping areas for local | | |fuelling and maintenance of vehicles and |
| | |farmers adjacent to road. | | |machinery. Servicing of machinery should |
| | |Increased likelihood of transmitting | | |not be done on site to minimise spills. |
| | |diseases such as cholera and STD’s. | | |Waste should not be disposed of in |
| | |Disputes with those neighbouring the | | |wetlands. |
| | |roads, especially with communities that | | |Sensitise workers in the presence of |
| | |have encroached on the road reserve and | | |supervision staff. |
| | |land that has borrow areas. | | |Strict monitoring and supervision by staff|
| | | | | |concerned. |
| | | | | |Keep muster rolls. |
| | | | | |Dumping of such material in or near the |
| | | | | |wetland should be avoided. |
| | | | | |Install appropriate sizes of culverts and |
| | | | | |embankments to provide adequate drainage. |
| | | | | |Overburden should be removed after barren |
| | | | | |soil surfaces have stabilized through |
| | | | | |seeding with grass. |
| | | | | |Increase road width through adequate bush |
| | | | | |clearing to improve sighting distances of |
| | | | | |motorists and increase the braking |
| | | | | |distance in situations where quick |
| | | | | |reactions are necessary. |
| | | | | |Temporary pit latrines should be |
| | | | | |constructed at the camps for proper |
| | | | | |sanitation of the workers. |
| | | | | |Construct speed control bumps in trading |
| | | | | |centres to reduce accidents. |
|Roads: OPERATION PHASE |Soil |Increased accidents due to poor sighting|Establish and support roads |Slashing the sides of the |Minimise as much as possible destruction |
|Slashing the roadsides to |Flora |distance. |maintenance program. |road to improve the sighting|of vegetation and plant trees along the |
|improve sighting distance |Water |Roadway blocking drainage for runoff | |distance of the motorists |sides of the roads. |
| |Human health |water. | |and generally improve the |Install culverts or bridges across natural|
| | |Roadway becoming a watercourse during | |drainage of the road. |and manmade drainage channels and keep |
| | |rains and causing erosion. | | |them clear of debris. |
| | |Ponding on roadway providing breeding | | |Provide drainage ditches on both sides of |
| | |site for water borne disease. | | |the road and install small check dams to |
| | |Potholes in road causing vehicle and | | |reduce speed of water flow. Direct water |
| | |pedestrian accidents. | | |from roadway ditch into natural or manmade|
| | |Pedestrians injured and killed by over | | |drainage channels as frequently as |
| | |speeding vehicles. | | |possible to minimise the volume of runoff |
| | | | | |water carried by roadway ditch. |
| | | | | |Plant shrubs and trees on uphill side of |
| | | | | |ditch to slow water runoff. |
| | | | | |Raise road above surrounding ground level |
| | | | | |and slope the surface of the road toward |
| | | | | |the sides. |
|Secondary bridges and |Human Beings |Flooding |Consult District Engineer for | | |
|culverts: |Surface water |Road becoming impassable. |proper and safe design. | | |
|PLANNING PHASE | |Bridge deck failure causing accidents |Source for a consultant to conduct | | |
| | |and injuries. |an EIA (Environmental Impact | | |
| | | |Assessment). | | |
| | | | | | |
|Secondary bridges and |Soil |Destruction of vegetation causing loss |Restrict construction to dry season| |Limit vegetation clearing. |
|culverts: |Vegetation |of habitat (home) for animals. |to reduce soil erosion and silting | |Restrict construction to dry season to |
| |Human beings |Increased dust levels due to removal of |of surface water sources. | |reduce soil erosion and silting of surface|
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE |Water |vegetation and construction traffic. | | |water sources. |
| |Dust |Soil erosion will occur especially | | |If the dust levels are high, the |
| | |during the rain season. | | |contractor should sprinkle water to reduce|
| | |Surface water downstream will be silted | | |dust levels. |
| | |due to transportation of loose soil. | | | |
|Secondary bridges and |Soil |Flooding and erosion caused by |Establish and implement maintenance|Organise regular cleanout of| |
|culverts: OPERATION PHASE: |Surface water |overflowing and blockage of openings. |program and establish source of |culverts to avoid blockage. | |
| |Human beings |Bridge deck failure causing accidents |funding to pay for repair works. | | |
| | |and injuries | | | |
Drainage
|Project/Activity |Environmental component affected |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure|
| | | |by Local Government |by |by Contractor |
| | | | |Community | |
|Secondary drains |Human beings |Flooding may wash away people’s |Proper site selection. | | |
|(Manmade and natural water |Soil |property |Community involvement. | | |
|courses) |Water |Soil erosion |Ensure that the secondary drains are| | |
|PLANNING PHASE | | |connected to primary drains. | | |
| | | |Prevent construction of housing or | | |
| | | |commercial operations in flood prone| | |
| | | |areas. | | |
|Secondary drains |Soil |Destruction of vegetation causing loss|Restrict digging of drainage channel| |Limit vegetation clearing limited |
|(Manmade and natural water |Vegetation |of habitat (home) for animals. |to dry season to reduce soil erosion| |to the width of the road |
|courses) | |Soil erosion will occur especially |and silting of surface water | |Re-plant vegetation on construction|
| | |during the rain season. |sources. | |area upon completion to reduce soil|
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE | |Surface water downstream will be | | |erosion. |
| | |silted as a result of transportation | | |Install check dams to reduce speed |
| | |of loose soil. | | |of flow. Plant shrubs and trees on|
| | | | | |uphill side of ditch to slow water |
| | | | | |runoff. |
| | | | | |Construct dykes to contain water in|
| | | | | |drainage channel. Enlarge drain to|
| | | | | |accommodate peak flows. |
|Secondary drains |Soil |Excessive erosion in drainage channel |Avoid construction of housing or |Community should use pit latrines | |
|(Manmade and natural water |Surface water |Flooding by overflow from drainage |commercial operations in flood prone|instead of using the drainage. | |
|courses) |Human health |channel |areas. |Community should boil water for | |
| | |Water in drain becoming contaminated |Conduct hygiene education campaign |drinking. | |
|OPERATION PHASE | |by human waste. |to raise awareness of the adverse | | |
| | |People using water from drains for |impact of careless defecation and | | |
| | |domestic consumption. |promote the use of latrines. | | |
| | | |Conduct campaign to raise awareness | | |
| | | |of adverse impacts of disposal of | | |
| | | |solid and liquid waste into drains. | | |
| | | |Raise awareness of NEMA (National | | |
| | | |Environmental Management Authority) | | |
| | | |standards for disposal of waste into| | |
| | | |water bodies. | | |
| | | |Raise awareness of the health risks | | |
| | | |associated with using water from | | |
| | | |drains and encourage people to use | | |
| | | |safe water sources. | | |
Sanitation
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |
| |affected | |by Local Government |by |by Contractor |
| | | | |Community | |
|Latrines |Water |Groundwater contamination |Locate latrines at least 30m (if | | |
|PLANNING PHASE | | |possible 60m) from dug wells, | | |
| | | |springs, and boreholes. | | |
| | | |Promote use of pit latrines. | | |
| | | |Educate people on the risk of | | |
| | | |indiscriminate faecal disposal. | | |
| | | |Make reference to the Public Health | | |
| | | |regulations. | | |
|Latrines |Vegetation |Destruction of vegetation causing |Restrict construction to dry season | |Limit vegetation clearing to the |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE: |Soil |loss of habitat (home) for animals.|to reduce soil erosion and silting of| |specific site of latrine. |
| |Surface water |Increased dust levels due to |surface water sources. | |Re-plant vegetation on construction |
|Bush clearing |Human beings |removal of vegetation. | | |area upon completion to reduce soil |
|Excavation/ | |Soil erosion will occur especially | | |erosion and maintain natural beauty. |
|digging pit. | |during the rain season. | | |Fence off the pit during construction|
| | |Surface water downstream will be | | |to avoid accidents. |
| | |silted as a result of | | |Protection of sides of pit during |
| | |transportation of loose soil. | | |excavation. |
| | |Human beings may have accidents | | | |
| | |e.g. falling into the pit | | | |
| | |Accidents as a result of collapse | | | |
| | |of soils during excavation. | | | |
|Latrines |Ground water |Contamination of ground water |Sensitisation of people on hygiene |Place lid on hole to prevent flies. | |
|OPERATION PHASE: |Surface water |supply sources through sub-surface |practises after using the latrine |Slash area around the pit latrine to | |
| |Animals |flow of human waste. |e.g. washing their hands. |destroy habitat of disease causing | |
|Use of latrines |Human beings |Contamination of surface water |If possible, construct lined pit |vectors. | |
| | |sources through transportation by |latrines, which can be emptied when | | |
| | |storm runoff. |full. Consider constructing water | | |
| | |Flies and rodents carrying disease |borne squat toilets if there is piped| | |
| | |from latrine. |water in that area. | | |
| | |More land is used in construction | | | |
| | |of new latrines when old ones fill | | | |
| | |up. | | | |
|Sewage collection piping and|Land |Land acquisition |Community consultation. | | |
|drains |Human beings | |Proper site selection where the pipes| | |
|PLANNING PHASE | | |are going to pass. | | |
|Sewage collection piping and|Soil |Destruction of vegetation causing |Provide proper designs for the piping| |Limit vegetation clearing to the |
|drains |Vegetation |loss of habitat (home) for animals.|works. | |specific site of trench. |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE: |Air |Soil erosion, especially during the|Restrict construction to dry season | |Re-plant vegetation on construction |
| |Surface water |rain season. |to reduce soil erosion and silting of| |area upon completion to reduce soil |
|Excavation of trenches |Human beings |Surface water downstream silted as |surface water sources. | |erosion. |
|Pipe laying | |a result of soil erosion. | | |Ensure that sewage piping is |
| | | | | |installed in separate trench from |
| | | | | |water supply piping with adequate |
| | | | | |separation, preferably on opposite |
| | | | | |sides of street. Where pipes cross, |
| | | | | |ensure that impermeable barriers are |
| | | | | |installed between the pipes. |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|Sewage collection piping and|Water |Leakage from broken drains and |Conduct public education campaign | | |
|drains |Human beings |overflow from plugged pipes forming|aimed at reducing quantity of solid | | |
|OPERATION PHASE | |ponds of wastewater and |waste such as plastics entering the | | |
| | |contaminating surface waters. |collection system. | | |
| | |Cross contamination of water supply|Provide leakage detection and repair | | |
| | |from sewage collection piping. |and clean out of the pipes. | | |
| | | |Ensure that collector drains are | | |
| | | |covered and cleaned on a regular | | |
| | | |basis. | | |
|Soak pits, septic tanks and |Human beings |Contamination of groundwater. |Community consultation. | | |
|disposal fields |Plants |Disease out break due to vectors |Identify appropriate location for the| | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Land |breeding in the soak pits, septic |soak, septic tank or disposal field. | | |
| |Groundwater |tanks, and disposal fields. | | | |
| | |Land acquisition. | | | |
|Soak pits, septic tanks and |Vegetation |Destruction of vegetation causing |Provide proper design and supervision|Raise the sides/ bunds to minimise |Limit vegetation clearing to the |
|disposal fields |Soil |loss of habitat (home) for animals.|of the soak pit and septic tank. |overflows. |specific site of soak pit or septic |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE: |Aesthetics |Loss of natural beauty | | |tank. |
| |Air |(aesthetics). | | |Re-plant vegetation on construction |
|Excavation of pit |Water |Soil erosion especially during the | | |area upon completion to reduce soil |
| |Human beings |rain season. | | |erosion and maintain natural beauty. |
| | |Surface water downstream will be | | |Restrict construction to dry season |
| | |silted as a result of | | |to reduce soil erosion and silting of|
| | |transportation of loose soil. | | |surface water sources. |
| | |Odour | | |Plant some trees or flowers to screen|
| | | | | |off the soak pit or disposal field as|
| | | | | |well as reduce odour. |
|Soak pits and septic tanks |Water |Soak pits and septic tanks |Conduct hygiene education campaign to| |Ensure that soak pits are located in |
|OPERATION PHASE: |Human beings |overflowing and contaminating |raise awareness of the health risks | |soils into which the liquid can |
| | |surface waters |of exposed sewage. Establish and | |percolate. |
| | |Seepage from soak pits |support affordable pump out services.| |Ensure that soak pits are situated an|
| | |contaminating wells, boreholes and |Establish and enforce guidelines for | |adequate distance from wells, |
| | |springs. |design and construction of disposal | |boreholes and springs. |
| | |Disposal field overflowing |fields. | | |
Solid Waste Management
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |
| |affected | |by Local Government |by |by Contractor |
| | | | |Community | |
|Public collection points |Human beings |Contamination of water |Community consultation. | | |
|e.g. at markets |Land |Land acquisition |Consult with District Engineer for | | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Water |Disease outbreak |appropriate design of the skip. | | |
| | |Accessibility of the waste skip.|Locate the skip or bunker in an | | |
| | | |accessible place for public use. | | |
| | | |Ensure that the skip or bunker is of a | | |
| | | |comfortable height for the users to | | |
| | | |place the waste inside instead of | | |
| | | |throwing it outside. | | |
|Public collection points |Aesthetics |Aesthetics |Supervise the contractor in construction| |Construct the skip according to the |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE: | | |of the skip. | |specifications given in the contract.|
|Public collection points |Vegetation |Unsightly overflowing skips or |The waste skips should be emptied on a | | |
|OPERATION PHASE: |Aesthetics |bunkers leading to odours and |regular basis. | | |
| |Human beings |disease vectors such as flies |Locate the skip or bunker in a place in | | |
|Actual use of the skip | |and rodents. |an accessible place for | | |
| | |Human wastes (flying toilets) |public use | | |
| | |thrown into skips and bunkers. |Conduct public education program to | | |
| | |Disease vectors such as flies |promote recovery of useable solid wastes| | |
| | |and rodents using the skips and |Support efforts of municipality to | | |
| | |surrounding area as breeding |provide and properly maintain adequate | | |
| | |ground. |equipment to empty skips and bunkers | | |
| | | |before they overflow. | | |
| | | |Conduct hygiene education campaign to | | |
| | | |raise awareness of the health risks of | | |
| | | |indiscriminate disposal of human wastes | | |
| | | |and promote the use of latrines. | | |
|MEDICAL WASTE |Human beings |Improper disposal of medical |The Health Officer should ensure that a |Only medical waste should be disposed| |
| |Vegetation |waste can be a hazard to human |lined pit is constructed at medical |off in the lined pit, the other kind | |
| |Ground water |beings. |centres where the medical waste is |of solid waste should be disposed of | |
| | |Public exposure from waste |disposed. |in the public waste skips available | |
| | |generated in the home (e.g., | |in the community. | |
| | |needle-stick incidents, spilled | |The pit should be covered to prevent | |
| | |fluid containers, etc.). | |flies and other disease causing | |
| | |Waste pit filling up fast. | |vectors. | |
| | |Contamination of groundwater. | | | |
General Construction
|Project/ Activity |Environmental component |Nature of Environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure by |Required action /mitigation measure|
| |affected | |by Local Government |Community |by Contractor |
|General construction |Human beings |Destruction of site with unique |Consult District Engineer for adequate | | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Land |cultural, historical, religious or |technical designs and ensure that the | | |
| |Animals |spiritual value. |site is not within the road reserve so | | |
| |Plants |Displacement of people living in that|that enough space is left for extension | | |
| | |area. |of public utilities like electricty | | |
| | |Destruction of vegetation causing |water, water telephones e.t.c. | | |
| | |loss of habitat (home) for animals. |Community consulation and involvelment | | |
| | |Change of land use. |Select site that does not destroy a site | | |
| | | |that is important to preserving unique | | |
| | | |cultural, historical, religious or | | |
| | | |spiritual values. | | |
| | | |Construction contract documents should | | |
| | | |include environmental mitigation | | |
| | | |measures. | | |
|General construction |Vegetation |Destruction of vegetation during |The construction contract documents |The contractor should be limited in the|Limit vegetation removal to |
| |Animals |excavation works |should incorporate provisions for |activities authorized during the rainy |specific area of construction. |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE |Soil |Loss of animal habitat. |limiting vegetative removal, and for |seasons. |If near public area the contractor |
| |Human beings |Adverse aesthetic impacts |re-vegetation of the construction area | |should sprinkle the construction |
| |Surface water |Soil erosion especially during the |upon completion. | |area while working to minimise |
| | |rain season, where soil is loose. | | |dust. |
| | |Surface water downstream will be | | |Warning signs should be used to |
| | |silted as a result of transportation | | |ensure that traffic disruption is |
| | |of loose soil. | | |kept to a minimum. |
| | |Traffic Disruption. | | | |
| | |Increased dust as a result of | | | |
| | |vegetative cover removal. | | | |
CROP HUSBANDRY
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |
| |affected | |by Local Government |by Community |by Contractor |
|Crop Husbandry |Soil |Loss of fertility. |Consult with the Agricultural | | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Vegetation |Soil erosion. |Extension staff. | | |
| |Animals |Loss of vegetative cover. | | | |
| |Human beings |Contamination of water by | | | |
| |Water |fertilizers, which may eventually | | | |
| |Air |affect people. | | | |
| | | | | | |
|Crop Husbandry |Soil |Destruction of vegetation causing |Education and training of |Phased vegetation clearing to allow | |
|ESTABLISHMENT PHASE |Vegetation |loss of habitat (home) for animals. |participants in soil and water |animals time to adapt. | |
| |Animals |Loss of biodiversity |protection. |Carry out assessment to identify | |
|Vegetation clearing |Water |Soil erosion in hilly areas during |Restrict introduction of new species |species of conservation concern. | |
|Tilling land | |the rainy season |until scientific studies are done. |Using appropriate techniques to slow | |
|Construction of irrigation/ | |Siltation of surface water downstream| |runoff e.g. use bunds, contours, | |
|drainage infrastructure | |as a result of transportation of | |terraces, mulching, grass strips, | |
|Planting | |loose soil. | |etc. | |
|Fertilizer application | |Introduction of new invasive species.| | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|Crop Husbandry |Soil |Loss of soil nutrients. |Education and training of |Appropriate crop selection. | |
|OPERATION PHASE |Water |Reduced water flow if stream or river|participants in good agricultural |Use of registered and recommended | |
| |Fauna |is being diverted for irrigation. |practices. |agrochemicals. | |
|Crop husbandry (weeding, | |Risk of disease from mosquitoes, | |Implement good agricultural practises| |
|agrochemical application, | |snails, etc. | |e.g. terracing, mulching. | |
|harvesting) | |Soil and water contamination from | |Planting trees in the catchment to | |
|Processing | |agrochemicals (fertilizers and | |improve water retention. | |
| | |pesticides) and some agro processing | |Timed or minimum use of chemicals | |
| | |projects. | |e.g. use integrated pest management, | |
| | |Agrochemical toxicity to humans. | |cultural soil and crop protection | |
| | |Use of manure resulting in spreading | |measures. | |
| | |disease. | | | |
|Irrigation |Soil |Loss of soil quality e.g. development|Consult Agricultural Officer for |Appropriate crop selection | |
| |Surface water |of salty soil |guidance. |Using appropriate techniques to slow | |
| |Ground water |Reduced water flow if stream or river|Initiate resources survey including |runoff | |
| |Fauna |is being diverted for irrigation |water and soil quality and hydrology |Provide adequate irrigation channels | |
| | |Risk of disease from mosquitoes, |Soil and water conservation measures |to avoid stagnation of water. | |
| | |snails, etc. |built into the project e.g. narrow or|Regulate water flow into the | |
| | |Soil and water contamination from |covered irrigation canals or pipes. |irrigated fields. | |
| | |agrochemicals (fertilisers and | |Planting trees in the catchment to | |
| | |pesticides). | |improve water retention. | |
| | | | |Keep canals, ditches lined or free of| |
| | | | |weeds and sediment and with good | |
| | | | |drainage. | |
| | | | |Introduce fish that eat mosquitoes to| |
| | | | |control malaria. | |
Livestock and Range Management
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |
| |affected | |by Local Government |by |by Contractor |
| | | | |Community | |
|Livestock and Range |Land |Change of existing land use. |Consult with Agricultural Officer. | | |
|Management |Soil |Introduction of new invasive species. |Restrict introduction of new species | | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Plants | |until scientific studies are done. | | |
| |Animals | | | | |
| |Human beings | | | | |
|Livestock and Management |Soil |Soil Pollution. |Agricultural Officers should ensure |Plant approved species of pasture | |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE |Plants |Contamination of water from cattle |implementation of research findings |approved by Local Government through | |
|Planting pasture for |Water |dips. |on new species to be introduced. |the Agricultural Officer. | |
|animals. | | |Ensure proper construction of cattle | | |
|Construction of facilities | | |dips to avoid spillage. | | |
|e.g. for watering, | | |Buy high yielding animal breeds. | | |
|treatment of animals | | | | | |
|against pests. | | | | | |
|Livestock and Range |Soil |Overgrazing leading to loss of soil |Assess carrying capacity of the land |Practice rotational grazing to avoid | |
|Management |Surface water |nutrients and soil erosion. |and limit grazing pressure |over grazing. | |
|OPERATION PHASE |Plants |Change in vegetation types due to |accordingly. |Utilize manure as fertilizer for | |
| |Animals |grazing pressure. |Maximise forage productivity by |their crops. | |
|Grazing | |Transmission of diseases. |combining different types of |Provide veterinary care. | |
|Watering animals | | |livestock. | | |
|Livestock movement | | |Location of watering points to avoid | | |
|Preparation of products | | |congregation of too many livestock in| | |
| | | |one place. | | |
| | | |Education and training of | | |
| | | |participants on control and | | |
| | | |management of manure. | | |
| | | |Proper veterinary services. | | |
Fisheries (Aquaculture)
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |
| |affected | |by Local Government |by Community |by Contractor |
|Fisheries | Land |Land use conflicts |Community consultation. | | |
|PLANNING |Wetlands |Water supply conflicts |Encourage use of existing depressions, | | |
|PHASE |Water |- Social and economic disruptions to|hollows and ditches. | | |
| |Human Beings |existing community water management |Good pond design, construction and | | |
| | |practices and relationships |maintenance to avoid premature | | |
| | | |abandonment and digging of new ponds by | | |
| | | |extension staff. | | |
| | | |Ensure adequate community participation | | |
| | | |in the planning and operation of the | | |
| | | |project. | | |
| | | |Site ponds to avoid disrupting existing/| | |
| | | |traditional uses of water (e.g. | | |
| | | |drinking, washing, animal watering). | | |
| | | |Develop ponds with other activities to | | |
| | | |combine water sources (e.g. pond water | | |
| | | |used for irrigation of crops). | | |
| | | |Develop supply sources where water | | |
| | | |quantities are adequate and the project | | |
| | | |will not conflict with existing human, | | |
| | | |livestock, wildlife or aquatic water | | |
| | | |uses especially during the dry seasons. | | |
| | | |Site project well away from wetlands | | |
|Fisheries |Vegetation |Loss of wetland vegetation leading |Restrict area cleared for ponds. |Construct ponds during dry season. | |
|ESTABLISHMENT PHASE |Water |to loss of habitats. |Employ suitable prevention and |Stabilize exposed soil with grasses | |
| |Humans |Disease due to pollution of water |mitigation measures, including education|and other ground cover. | |
|Clearing and excavation of |Water Quality |sources from aquaculture wastes |of local people e.g. good surface |Ensure good drainage and erosion | |
|wetland | |Creating habitats for disease |drainage around projects water supply, |control around ponds. | |
|Pond bank stabilization | |carriers such as mosquitoes and |ponds and drainage works; use fish | | |
|Introduction of fish | |snails and increasing the occurrence|species that feed on disease carriers. | | |
| | |of water-related diseases such as | | | |
| | |malaria and bilharzias. | | | |
| | |Contamination of surface waters with| | | |
| | |aquaculture wastes. | | | |
| | | | | | |
|Fisheries |Water |Waste from intensive fish processing|Monitor disease occurrence and public |Keep fish densities at moderate | |
|OPERATION PHASE |Humans |has high (BOD) Biochemical Oxygen |health indicators, and take corrective |levels to reduce disease risk and | |
| |Water quality |Demand which may result in |measures as needed (e.g. change project |need for antibiotics | |
|Feeding fish | |deterioration of water quality |works, improve maintenance, education, |Dilute pond water prior to release. | |
|Harvesting fish | | |medical) |Use shorter retention time of water | |
|Processing e.g. smoking | | |Monitoring of fisheries activities and |in ponds i.e. more frequent exchange | |
| | | |impacts. |of water. | |
| | | | |Consider using pond sludge as | |
| | | | |fertilizer if properly decomposed and| |
| | | | |non- toxic. | |
Bee Keeping
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure by |Required action /mitigation |
| |affected | |by Local Government |Community |measure by Contractor |
|Bee keeping |Human beings |Risk of bee stings |Community consultation. |Use suitable protective gear during | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Animals | |Proper site selection. |harvesting. | |
| | | |Educate people on proper harvesting | | |
| | | |techniques. | | |
|Bee Keeping |Vegetation |Disturbance may be caused by |Set up hives in areas with little or |Set up modern beehives. | |
|ESTABLISHMENT PHASE |Animals |trampling while setting up hives. |no wildlife. | | |
|Setting up beehives | | |Educate people on setting up modern | | |
| | | |beehives. | | |
|Bee Keeping |Animals |Risk of fire from poor harvesting |Train people in modern techniques of |Use proper harvesting equipment and | |
|OPERATION PHASE |Humans |methods. |harvesting honey. |techniques e.g. smokers. | |
|Checking hives | |Risk of bee stings. | |Fence off area of hives to avoid | |
|Harvesting honey | |Minor disturbance may be caused by | |disturbance from other people. | |
|Processing e.g. smoking | |trampling while checking hives and | |Use proper harvesting techniques with | |
| | |harvesting. | |proper protective gear. | |
Piggery
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |
| |affected | |by Local Government |by |by Contractor |
| | | | |Community | |
|Piggery |Surface water |Contamination of water sources |Provide proper design of shed. |If odours do occur, the cleaning and | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Human beings |Noise |Sheds should not be sited on slopes above|flushing of pen floors, drainage | |
| | |Odour |sensitive receiving environments. |channels and pipes should be | |
| | | |Sheds should have concrete floors for |increased in frequency. | |
| | | |easy cleaning. |Wastewater holding tanks should be | |
| | | |Wash down and wastewater collection and |covered or enclosed, to minimise | |
| | | |transport systems should be designed and |odour release. | |
| | | |constructed so as to avoid stagnation of | | |
| | | |wastewaters. | | |
| | | |Distance from the perimeter of a piggery,| | |
| | | |or from the nearest point of a treatment | | |
| | | |system i.e. 20m to any property boundary | | |
| | | |and 50m to any public area or road | | |
| | | |recommended to minimise the effect of | | |
| | | |odours as much as possible. | | |
| | | |Shed should have vertical emission stacks| | |
| | | |rather than having emission points close | | |
| | | |to the road or along sidewalls. | | |
|Piggery |Plants |Clearing of vegetation |Educate community on proper management of|Sheds should be constructed in a | |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE |Animals |Soil erosion during construction of |pigs. |manner that makes them leak free and | |
| |Soil |pig shed. |Provide proper designs for shed |easy to maintain. | |
|Setting Up the piggery | | |construction. |Materials should be impervious to | |
| | | | |assist in cleaning and to avoid | |
| | | | |absorption of odours. | |
| | | | |Horizontal surfaces (other than the | |
| | | | |floor) will tend to accumulate dust | |
| | | | |and other wastes and should be | |
| | | | |avoided. | |
| | | | |Ventilation systems should not allow | |
| | | | |rain to enter the building and dampen| |
| | | | |litter. | |
| | | | | | |
|Piggery |Human beings |Wet litter is a significant odour |Moisture control of litter | | |
|OPERATION PHASE | |source, especially as manure |The moisture content of litter should be | | |
| | |accumulates |controlled by:- | | |
| | |Health hazard in form of jiggers, lice|- prompt repair of leaks in roof and | | |
| | |and fleas |exterior walls; | | |
| | | |- prompt repair of leaks in drinking and | | |
| | | |drinkers; | | |
| | | |- an adequate depth of bedding litter; | | |
| | | |- the removal of damp litter around | | |
| | | |drinkers; | | |
| | | |- A moisture content of 30-40% is | | |
| | | |optimal, avoiding dust (too dry) and | | |
| | | |odour (too damp). | | |
| | | |Odour mitigation measures include: | | |
| | | |- a high standard of building and floor | | |
| | | |cleanliness; | | |
| | | |- avoiding over-damp litter; | | |
| | | |- adequate separation from neighbouring | | |
| | | |properties/premises; | | |
| | | |- elevated discharge into the air from | | |
| | | |buildings. | | |
Rabbit Keeping
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure by Local |Required action /mitigation measure by |Required action /mitigation |
| |affected | |Government |Community |measure by Contractor |
|Rabbit Keeping |Land |Suitability of the site. |Agricultural Officers should consider research |Willingness of the community to participate | |
| |Animals |Market for the rabbits. |findings on new species to be introduced. |in the project. | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Water |Odour. |Community consultation. | | |
|Availability of the rabbits |Human beings |Storage and disposal of wastes. |Avoid environmentally sensitive areas. | | |
|Plan for the storage and | |Compatibility with existing and |The establishment of the rabbit farming at | | |
|disposal of wastes, dead | |surrounding land uses e.g. |adequate distances from neighbours can assist | | |
|animals, manure, sludge and | |distances to any houses, property |in minimising environmental impacts. | | |
|effluent etc. | |boundaries or watercourses. |The shed must not be located in an area that is| | |
| | | |subject to water logging. | | |
|Rabbit Keeping |Vegetation |Clearing of vegetation |Ensure proper construction of rabbit sheds. |Sheds to be constructed in a manner that | |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE |Human Beings |Soil erosion during construction of|Buy good quality breeds of rabbits. |makes them free of leaks and easy to | |
| | |pig shed. |Educate community on proper management of |maintain. | |
|Building the rabbit shed. | | |rabbits. |The shed floor should be impervious to assist| |
| | | |Provide proper designs for shed construction. |in cleaning and to avoid absorption of | |
| | | | |odours. | |
| | | | |Ventilation systems should not allow rain to | |
| | | | |enter the building. | |
|Rabbit keeping |Vegetation |Health of the rabbits, employees |Disease-control methods should be established |As rabbit hair builds up inside sheds, it | |
|OPERATION PHASE |Animals |and surrounding residents due to |for isolating diseased stock and for quickly |should be removed regularly from vents and | |
|Animal health is likely to be |Human beings |the presence of vermin. |dealing with the problem. |window screens to maintain the efficiency of | |
|affected by poor shed hygiene. |Soil |Fast transmission of diseases |Rabbits must be kept within a well-ventilated |shed ventilation systems. | |
|Health risks assessment (if |Water |throughout the stock, which may |rabbit-proof enclosure. |Sound management and maintenance practices in| |
|animals are being processed | |lead to death of the whole stock. |All drainage water and animal wastes should be |sheds, waste management areas and feed | |
|on-site for human consumption).| |Generation of dour from stockpiled |collected via a drain and led to a suitably |storage areas are essential to prevent a | |
|Stock management | |manure and dead animals. |located designed holding pond. |vermin problem at the rabbit farm, which | |
|i.e. Security, Shed Hygiene, | |Nutrient runoff from the manure and|Depending on the scale of the enterprise, a |could also become a problem for surrounding | |
|Vermin control including | |overflows from holding tanks may |sedimentation pond may be required to be |residents. | |
|insects, Processing, | |contaminate surface water. |constructed in order to collect effluent and |Plans for quick disposal of stock should be | |
|Plans for disposal of stock | |Poorly constructed holding ponds |settle out the solid material before it reaches|in place whenever it is necessary for rabbit | |
|Solid waste management (Rabbit | |may lad to contamination of |the holding pond. |producers to quickly dispose of their stock. | |
|manure should be viewed as a | |groundwater |The proposed water sources for the rabbit |In a dry system, manure (and litter) may only| |
|valuable nutrient resource and | |Land disposal of effluent or sludge|enterprise should be of an adequate quality and|need to be removed once every several weeks. | |
|not as a waste product | |may lead to soil pollution and |reliability during dry periods to meet the |Stockpiled manure should be kept dry to | |
|requiring disposal). Manure and| |ground water contamination. |rabbits needs. |maintain nutrient quality and to avoid the | |
|litter collection, storage and | |Odour can result from poorly |The site layout and sheds should be designed to|potential for odour generation and nutrient | |
|disposal | |managed sheds or waste storage and |minimise the likelihood of storm water or |run-off. | |
|Disposal of dead animals | |disposal, as rabbit manure and |floodwater entering the shed or other |The manure and litter are suitable for use | |
|Wastewater, collection and | |effluent contain high levels of |operational areas, particularly those areas |directly onto land, or they can be used in | |
|Storage. These include any | |ammonia. |where the rabbits are housed or wastes are |composting mixes with green waste. | |
|wash-down water from periodic | |Significant ammonia levels can |stored. |Dead animals should be removed and disposed | |
|cleaning of sheds and cages, | |affect the health of the rabbits as|It is recommended that the shed floor be raised|of daily in a local landfill. On-site | |
|and any run-off from stockpiled| |well as reduce the amenity of the |a minimum of 200 mm above the ground surface. |disposal is acceptable only if pits are | |
|manure. | |surrounding area, potentially |To prevent infiltration of liquid wastes into |specially constructed. The pits should be | |
|Application of wastewater and | |causing conflicts with neighbouring|the soil, the shed floor and the solid waste |lined with impervious material, to ensure no | |
|sludge to land | |property owners. |storage area should be impermeable, eiither |leaching of nutrient, and constructed so that| |
|Odour management | |Contamination of wetlands or |concrete or compacted dirt. |other animals cannot gain access. | |
|Water-related issue | |groundwater may occur if sufficient|Absorbent litter such as sawdust or wood |If land disposal of effluent or sludge is to | |
|Noise and Lights | |care is not taken with the design |shavings should be maintained under the rabbit |be carried out on a significant scale, | |
| | |and management of the sheds or the |cages, or wastes should be collected on trays |applicants must demonstrate that the rate and| |
| | |wastewater and solid waste |or mats. |frequency of application would not result in | |
| | |management systems. |Vegetative screens in some circumstances reduce|the overloading of the soil and possible | |
| | |Likelihood of storm water or |the transmission of odour. However, they do not|nutrient contamination of groundwater. | |
| | |floodwater entering the shed or |negate the need for appropriate planning, |Spreading sludge or irrigating with effluent | |
| | |other operational areas, |siting, design and management practice. |must not occur in areas where there is a risk| |
| | |particularly those areas where the | |of run-off into watercourses. | |
| | |rabbits are housed or waste is | |Dry litter-based systems produce little odour| |
| | |stored. | |provided they are regularly cleaned out and | |
| | | | |litter is maintained dry. | |
INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT FRAMEWORK FOR LOCAL GOVERNMENTS
Introduction
Involuntary resettlement due to a development project refers to the moving away of people, their families or community members from a piece of land to allow for the implementation of a community investment. If it is not well managed it could it often give rise to severe economic, social and environmental risks resulting in production systems being dismantled, people facing impoverishment when their productive skills may be less applicable and the competition of resources greater; community institutions and social networks being weakened. Families may disperse and may not even be able to live together as one. Kin/clan groups may end up being dispersed; and cultural identity, traditional authority lost. Therefore, people are in most cases compensated for their loss (of land, property or access) either in kind or in cash of which the former is preferred.
However this compensation needs to be done in only those circumstances where it is extremely inevitable. Care should be taken to ensure that community members during the project identification processes are consulted to own the projects that are being conceived. This will minimize the level of compensation that they may seek as a result of involuntary resettlement.
Categories of Affected population due to involuntary resettlement
a) Affected Individual – An individual who suffers loss of assets or investments, land and property and/or access to natural and/or economic resources as a result of the sub-project activities and to whom compensation is due
b) Affected Household – A household is affected if one or more of its members is affected by sub-project activities, either by loss of property, land, loss of access, or otherwise affected in any way by project activities. This provides for:
- Any members in the households, men, women, children, dependent relatives and friends, tenants.
- Vulnerable individuals who may be too old or ill to farm along with the others.
- Opposite sex-relatives who cannot reside together because of cultural rules, but who depend on one another for their daily existence.
- Opposite-sex relatives who may not eat together but provide housekeeping, or reproductive services critical to the family’s maintenance, and
- Other vulnerable people who cannot participate for physical or cultural reasons in production, consumption, or co-residence.
Compensation will not be limited to people who live together in a co-resident group, since this might leave out people whose labor contributions are critical to the functioning of the “household”. For example, among polygamous groups, each wife may have her own home.
c) Vulnerable Households – Particular attention should be paid to impacts on vulnerable members of these communities such as women, children and internally displaced people;
Internally displaced Persons – these are people who had to flee their homes as a result of rebel atrocities committed against their communities and are now virtually refugees in their own country and have not returned. They may be dependent on the NGO community and others for support.
Internally Displaced Orphaned Children – Children, especially orphaned children or children separated from their parents, who have remained particularly vulnerable to forced employment and associated health and safety hazards. They participate in income generating activities such as fetching of water, artisan mining, etc. If they are impacted by this project in a way that means they have to be physically relocated, their compensation cannot be in cash. Their compensation could take the form of paying for their rehabilitation and training to acquire useful vocational skills.
Women – may depend on husbands, sons, brothers or others for support. In many cases too, women are the main breadwinners in their households, yet may not own land. As mothers and wives, they need access to health service facilities. They will not be resettled in a way that separates them from their households as the very survival of their households depends on them. Their compensation must take into account all these factors.
Elderly – elderly people produce small amounts of food to “exchange” with others, so they can subsist on generous return gifts from people such as their kith and kin and neighbors. What would damage their economic viability is resettlement that separates them from the person or household on whom they depend for their support.
Voluntary Land Contributors – All persons or groups affected by this must be monitored even where contributions are voluntary to ascertain whether they have not been or likely to be affected such that they are left poorer or livelihoods affected without course for compensation. Sometimes land is given “voluntarily” because people do not want to be seen as or accused of, holding back community development.
These household types are not mutually exclusive, so that the elderly may be internally displaced persons, and women may be affected individuals.
Aspects that may be compensated
The following are the aspects that may be affected during involuntary resettlement of individuals and community members:
▪ Land
▪ Investments on the land such as building structures
▪ Crop gardens, beehives etc.
▪ Horticultural, floricultural and fruit trees
▪ Scared sites such as graves and graveyards, shrines etc.
▪ Places of worship and sanctuaries
▪ Relocation caused as a result of separation from access to income generation by a development in a community e.g. a road may separate a family from access to its garden
Process of Compensation for Involuntary Resettlement
The person or entity that is proposing a development that will impact on the individual or community shall meet the costs of the involuntary resettlement. This may be a Local Council (village, Parish) in the area of jurisdiction or a Local Government (Sub County, District Municipality, Town Council).
In all cases requiring compensation the Local Government of the area shall establish a committee to handle the compensation for the involuntary resettlement. The compensation shall be determine bearing in mind the estimated loss that the individual or community may incur as a result of the resettlement. This may include the cost of relocation, disturbance and where necessary reconstruction of the infrastructure in question. The estimates should be made in line with the prevailing market rates. All relocates shall be given ample time to relocate their services or homes as the case may be.
The processing of funds for compensation shall be computed in line with the provisions of the LG Financial and Accounting Regulations. All the processes for the compensation should be well documented and preserved by the LG for future reference. The documents should clearly indicate what is being compensated for and how much. The affected individual or community should be made to clearly understand all the processes involved in the compensation exercise.
GLOSSARY OF SOME TERMS USED IN THE CHECKLIST
Anaerobic: Not having oxygen
Biodiversity: The variety among living things from all sources, including land and water, and the ecosystems of which they are part. These include variety within species, between species, and of ecosystems. Diversity is the key to ensuring the continuance of life on Earth. It is also a fundamental requirement for adaptation and survival and continued evolution of species.
Catchment: The area drained by a stream, lake or other body of water. Frequently used to refer to areas which feed into dams. May also refer to areas served by a sewerage or storm water system.
Conservation: Looking after and managing a resource such as soil, water or wetland so that it remains able to fulfil its functions and provide benefits for present and future generations.
Ecosystem: Systems of plants, animals, and micro organisms, together with the non-living component and related ecological processes, and humans.
Groundwater: Sub-surface (underground) water or water stored in pores, cracks, and crevices in the ground below the water table.
Habitat: The place where a plant or animal species naturally lives and grows; or characteristics of the soil, water, and biologic community (other plants and animals) that make this possible
Infrastructure: Physical structures that form the foundation for development. Infrastructure includes: wastewater and water works, electric power, communications, transit and transportation facilities and oil pipelines and associated facilities.
Leachate: A liquid that results from water collecting contaminants as it trickles through wastes, agricultural pesticides, or fertilizers and may result in hazardous substances entering surface water, groundwater, or soil.
Sedimentation: The process of suspended solid particles settling (going to the bottom of) at the bottom of a vessel or basin
Siltation: Build up of fine soil particles. This usually occurs in wetlands or surface water bodies due to soil erosion upstream.
Surface Water: All water open to the atmosphere (e.g., rivers, lakes, reservoirs, streams, impoundments, seas, estuaries) and all springs, wells, or other collectors that are directly influenced by surface water.
Wetlands: Lands which are between dry land and water systems, where the water table is near or at the surface, or covered by shallow water (less than 6 metres deep) seasonally or permanently. They contain plants and animals specially adapted to these waterlogged conditions.
Invasive: Tending to intrude or encroach on something.
Mitigation: To moderate (a quality or condition) in force or intensity; alleviate.
Aesthetics: An artistically beautiful or pleasing appearance
Silting: To fill, cover, or obstruct with silt: A sedimentary material consisting of very fine particles intermediate in size between sand and clay.
Wellhead: The structure built over a well.
Vectors: An organism, such as a mosquito or tick, that carries disease-causing micro-organisms from one host to another.
Defecate: To pass out faeces
Stabilize: To make stable or steadfast.
Susceptible: Easily influenced or affected
Borrow pits: An unconsolidated mixture of rock fragments or pebbles
Gravelling: To apply a surface of rock fragments or pebbles to.
Ponding: Forming a still body of water much smaller than a lake.
Toxicity: The quality or condition of being toxic: Capable of causing injury or death, especially by chemical means; poisonous
Aquatic: Consisting of, relating to, or being in water
Aquaculture: The science, art, and business of cultivating marine or freshwater food fish under controlled conditions.
Bilharzia: An infection with a parasite of the genus Schistosoma found in water snails; symptoms depend on the part of the body infected.
Sludge; Semisolid material such as the type precipitated by sewage treatment. Mud, mire, or ooze covering the ground or forming a deposit, as on a riverbed
Odour: Bad smell.
Impervious: Incapable of being penetrated or affected by water.
Vermin: Various small animals or insects, such as rats or cockroaches, that are destructive, annoying, or injurious to health.
Litter: Carelessly discarded refuse, such as wastepaper
Effluent: An outflow from a sewer or sewage system or water body.
Stock: A supply accumulated for future use.
Acaricides: a chemical agent used to kill pests e.g. ticks, mites; usually used on cows
Soil bund: Soil embankment
Muster rolls: An inventory or list of names of people employed to do an activity e.g. slashing
Percolate: To cause (liquid, for example) to pass through a porous substance or small holes; filter.
Out falls: The place where a sewer, drain, or stream discharges.
Embankment: A mound of earth or stone built to hold backwater or to support a roadway
Camber: A slightly curved/arched surface of a road
Dyke: An embankment of earth and rock built to prevent floods.
Lagoon: A shallow body of liquid waste material.
Skip/ bunker: A container usually concrete or metallic where rubbish/waste is disposed.
Aquifer: An underground bed or layer of earth, gravel, or porous stone that contains water.
Leachate: a product or solution formed by contaminants picked up through the soil.
Scenic view: beautiful view
Catchment: a structure in which water is collected, especially rain water
Standpost/ Water tap: a fixture for drawing water from a pipe
| |
| |Report to: |
| |[pic] |Ministry of Local Government | |
| |Uganda | | |
| |Environmental Checklist for District/City and Municipal Local | |
| |Governments | |
| | | |
| | |
| | |
May 2004
| |Report to: |
| |[pic] |Ministry of Local Government |
| | | |
| |Uganda | |
| |Environmental Checklist for District/CITY AND MUNICIPAL Local Governments |
| |MAY 2004 |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
| | |
| | |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION i
Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire A
Part B: Environmental Checklist B
1.0 Environmental Checklist for District and Municipal COUNCIL TECHNICAL Planning committees 1
1.1 Water Supply 1
1.2 Roads 5
1.3 Drainage 9
1.4 Sanitation 11
1.5 Solid Waste Management 15
1.6 General Construction 18
2.0 GLOSSARY OF SOME TERMS USED IN THE CHECKLIST 1
INTRODUCTION
This Environmental Checklist has been prepared to aid various levels of local government to identify and determine potential environmental impacts of proposed projects and suggests possible measures for mitigation of adverse impacts. The checklist is intended to be used for all projects implemented utilising capital development funds available through the central government transfers and can be used on any project the Local Government plans to implement regardless of where funding comes from.
The Checklist has been prepared in three volumes, one for each level of Local Government, ie; District/City/Municipality, Sub-county/Division and Parish/Community levels.
The process whereby Local Governments identify environmental impacts of their intended projects starts with a questionnaire that assists LGs screen and identify potential environmental issues. Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire provides the list of simple questions concerning intended projects that will enable LGs decide whether further assessment is required. The questionnaire makes reference to appropriate sections of Part B: Environmental Checklist, which provides much more detail on potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures that can be taken.
This volume of the Environmental Checklist is structured on projects to be undertaken at the District/Municipality levels. The checklist can also act as a guide for those projects that are not particularly mentioned but fall under the sectors dealt with in this checklist. The Checklists are intended to be used by the technical planning committees as well as sector departments of the appropriate level of local government.
The Checklist covers projects by sector. This implies that projects are similar at the different levels of local government. There is however difference in the scale of the project. The difference in scale of the projects subsequently leads to differences in skills and funding required in implementing the proposed mitigation measures. The sectors that are focused upon include water supply, sanitation, drainage, roads, solid waste management, production and general construction.
Under each sector, impacts of activities of projects on environmental components are identified for the planning, construction and operation phases. Environmental components impacted by specific activities of the project are outlined. The nature of environmental concerns or impacts are elaborated. Actions to mitigate impacts are proposed, along with the key actors responsible for implementing the mitigation measures.
Part A: Environmental Impact Questionnaire
| |Yes |No |Environmental Impact |
| | | |Analysis Checklist Guidance |
|A Type of activity – Will the project: |
|1 |Support rural water supply schemes? | | |1.1 |
|2 |Build or rehabilitate any rural roads? | | |1.2 |
|3 |Support any drainage activities? | | |1.3 |
|4 |Support rural sanitation schemes? | | |1.4 |
|5 |Involve solid waste management? | | |1.5 |
|6 |Support general construction i.e. build or rehabilitate structures | | |1.6 |
|If the answer to any of questions 1-6 is “Yes”, please use the Indicated section of the Environmental checklist for guidance on how |
|to avoid or minimize typical impacts and risks. |
|B Environment - Will the project: |
| | |Yes |No |Environmental Impact |
| | | | |Analysis Checklist Guidance |
| |WATER AND WETLANDS | | | |
|7 |Affect the amount of ground or surface water? | | |1.1,1.2 |
|8 |Affect or affect quality of water or the discharge into surface water? | | |1.1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.5 |
|9 |Cause flooding? | | |1.1, 1.2 |
|10 |Change the direction of water flow/drainage patterns? | | |1.1, 1.2 |
|11 |Affect the wetland in anyway? | | |1.2 |
| |LAND USE/ SOIL/ GEOLGY | | | |
|12 |Lead to soil erosion? | | |1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6 |
|13 |Change existing or planned land use in a negative way? | | |1.1, 1.4 |
|14 |Expose people, structures or property to steep slope problems such as | | |1.1 |
| |mudslides or landslides? | | | |
|15 |Be located in an area that is likely to collapse? | | |1.1 |
| |AIR QUALITY | | | |
|16 |Result in air emissions or deterioration of quality of air e.g. through | | |1.1, 1.2,1.6 |
| |suspended dust? | | | |
| |SOCIAL IMPACTS | | | |
|17 |Be likely to require mitigation measures that result in the project being | | |1.2, 1.6 |
| |socially or financially unacceptable? | | | |
|18 |Negatively affect the women, men, children or disabled people? | | |1.1, 1.2 |
|19 |Be affordable to the community? | | |1.1 |
|20 |Alter the location or distribution of the human population in that area? | | |1.2 |
|21 |Increase hazards to cars, bicycles, motorcycles or people walking on foot?| | |1.2, 1.4, 1.6 |
|22 |Impact on public utilities such as hospitals, schools, water, power, | | |1.1, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5 |
| |energy, waste disposal systems or recreational areas? | | | |
|23 |Expose people to health and safety hazards/problems? | | |1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6 |
| |BIOLOGICAL | | | |
|24 |Affect plants or animals? | | |1.1, 1.2, 1.6, |
| |CULTURAL | | | |
|25 |Disturb, alter or destroy a site that is important to preserving unique | | |1.6 |
| |cultural, historical, religious, or spiritual values? | | | |
|26 |Result in obstruction of any scenic view open to the public or result in | | |1.5 |
| |an aesthetically offensive view open to the public? | | | |
|If the answer to any of questions 7-26 is “Yes”, please use the Indicated section(s) of the Environmental checklist for guidance on |
|how to avoid or minimize typical impacts and risks. |
CERTIFICATION FORM
Project Name: ……………………………………………………………………………..
Project Location: ………………………………………………………………………….
Does the project application document contain the following information?
|No. | |Yes |No |N\A |
|1 |Description of the proposed project and where it is located? | | | |
|2 |Reasons for proposing the project? | | | |
|3 |The estimate cost for production and operation? | | | |
|4 |Information about how the site was chosen, and what alternatives were considered. | | | |
|5 |A map or drawing showing the location and boundary of the project including any land | | | |
| |required temporarily during construction. | | | |
|6 |The plan for any physical works (e.g. layout, buildings, other structures, construction | | | |
| |materials) | | | |
|7 |Any new access arrangements or changes to existing road layouts. | | | |
|8 |Any land that needs to be acquired, as well as who owns it, lives on it or has rights to | | | |
| |use | | | |
|9 |A work program for construction, operation and decommissioning the physical works, as well | | | |
| |as any site restoration needed afterwards. | | | |
|10 |Construction methods. | | | |
|11 |Resources used in construction and operation (e.g. materials, water, energy). | | | |
|12 |Information about measures included in the project plan to avoid or minimize adverse | | | |
| |environmental and social impacts. | | | |
|13 |Details of any permits required for the project. | | | |
|If the all answers to questions 1-13 is “Yes” or” N/A” (Not Applicable), then the project should be certified. |
|If the answer to any of questions 1-13 is “No” the project should not be certified unless reasons why have been clearly |
|stated. |
CERTIFICATION
We certify that to the best of our knowledge, the project plan as described in the Environmental Impact Analysis report attached will be adequate to avoid or minimize all adverse environmental and social impacts.
District/ Municipal Council Representative: Name………………………………..Signature………………...……….....Date:……………….
District Environmental Officer/ Representative
Name………………………………..Signature:…………………………...Date:………………
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1. A Field Appraisal report will be completed and added to the project file before the project is appraised if the project:
• Needs to acquire land, or an individual or community’s access to land or available resources is affected or changed, or any individual or family is displaced
• Encroaches onto an important natural habitat, restricts access to resources within that area, or may affect ecologically sensitive ecosystems (e.g. rivers, streams, wetlands)
• Involves or introduces the use of pesticides
• Involves, or results in: a) diversion or use of surface waters; b) construction and/or rehabilitation of latrines, septic or sewage systems; c) production of waste (e.g. slaughterhouse waste, medical waste, etc
• Involves acquiring a Permit
If a field appraisal was made, are the relevant certified documents attached?
|YES | |NO | |
• If answer is YES, then proceed to the desk appraisal.
• If answer is NO, then do the Filed Appraisal before proceeding to the Desk Appraisal.
2. Desk Appraisal by Review Authority:
Is the application complete with all significant environment issues resolved and no further project planning required?
|YES | |NO | |
• If answer is YES, the project should be approved.
• If answer is NO, the project should not be approved until all environmental issues are resolved.
Name of Desk Appraisal Officer i.e. District Environmental Officer:
………………………………………………….
Signature:………………………………………
Date :………………………………………….
Part B: Environmental Checklist
| |
Environmental Checklist for District/City and Municipal Local Governments
Note: Users of the checklists should not that not all sectors of Local Government investments may have been covered in this checklist. Where such sectors may not have been covered then the user may refer to the checklist for the lower LGs for the mitigation measures. For example a project may be conceived by a district LG but its mitigation measures may be found in the checklist for the Sub County/Division/Town Council checklist. In addition where the checklist is not covering a particular project situation then that project may need a fully-fledged environment impact assessment (EIA).
Water Supply
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure by|Required action /mitigation measure by |
| |affected | |by Local Government | |Contractor |
| | | | |Community | |
|Surface water supply intake | | |Source for consultant to conduct an | | |
|PLANNING PHASE | | |Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). | | |
| | | |Consult the District Engineer and | | |
| | | |District Water Officer. | | |
| | | |Community consultation. | | |
|Surface water supply intake |Human beings |Drilling, excavation and earth |Assessing potential impacts on aquatic | |Safety of workers and accident prevention |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE: |Soil |moving operations may lead to |plants and animals of receiving water. | |during construction should be ensured. |
| |Aquatic ecology |soil disposal problems and | | |Proper disposal of the excavated material. |
|Project siting | |disruption of biodiversity of the| | |Limit vegetation removal to specific site to |
| | |area leading to contamination of | | |minimise destruction of plants and animals. |
| | |water. | | | |
| | |Social disruption of local | | | |
| | |populations by imported | | | |
| | |construction workers. | | | |
| | |Some of the aquatic animals and | | | |
| | |plants may be destroyed during | | | |
| | |the construction process. | | | |
|Surface water supply intake |Water |Drawing in water polluted with |Taking consideration of the potential |Educate the community about boiling | |
|OPERATION PHASE: |Human beings |animal wastes. |social problems of the local population |water for drinking. | |
|Maintenance of system | |Solid and liquid waste polluting |in utilising the project facilities. |Ensure that the drainage is not | |
| | |water supply |Establish exclusion zone upstream of |blocked so as to prevent breeding | |
| | |Diseases related to poor |intake in which animals are not allowed. |places for mosquitoes. | |
| | |drainage. |Establish water protection area in |Drainage could be directed into | |
| | | |catchment of water supply intake and |gardens in which suitable plants like | |
| | | |control access and use. |yams are grown via forked channels. | |
|Water treatment plant | | |Source for consultant to conduct an | | |
|PLANNING PHASE | | |Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). | | |
| | | |Consult the District Engineer and | | |
| | | |District Water Officer. | | |
| | | |Community consultation | | |
|Water treatment plant |Vegetation |Destruction of vegetation during |Construction contract documents should | |Safety of workers and accident prevention |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE: | |excavation works |incorporate provisions for limiting | |during construction should be ensured. |
| | |Loss of habitat, |vegetative removal, and for re-vegetation| |Limit vegetation removal to the specific site. |
| | |Adverse aesthetic impacts |of the construction area upon completion.| |Re- plant vegetation on the construction area |
| | | | | |upon completion. |
|Water treatment plant |Water |Sludge from water treatment plant|Establish and maintain sludge disposal | | |
|OPERATION PHASE: | |polluting water courses in area |facility. | | |
| | |Waste oil and grease from |Collect waste oil and dispose it | | |
| | |machinery polluting water courses|properly. | | |
| | |in area |Store chemicals in | | |
| | |Water treatment chemicals leaking|secure dry building, clean up any | | |
| | |from containers and contaminating|spillage and replace broken packaging and| | |
| | |surface and ground water. |leaking containers. | | |
|Supply and distribution mains| | |Source for consultant to conduct an | | |
|PLANNING PHASE | | |Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). | | |
| | | |Consult the District Engineer and | | |
| | | |District Water Officer. | | |
| | | |Community consultation. | | |
|Supply and distribution mains|Vegetation |Destruction of vegetation during |Construction contract documents should | |Limit vegetation removal to the specific site. |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE: | |excavation works |incorporate provisions for limiting | |Re-plant vegetation on construction area upon |
| | |Loss of habitat |vegetative removal, and for re-vegetation| |completion to reduce soil erosion. |
|Excavation of trench | |Adverse aesthetic impacts |of the construction area upon completion.| |Maintain positive pressure in pipes at all |
| | | | | |times. |
| | | | | |Install and maintain adequate number of drain |
| | | | | |points in system and Provide surface drainage |
| | | | | |to prevent collection of runoff water along |
| | | | | |pipeline route. |
| | | | | |Install sewage piping in separate trench from |
| | | | | |water supply piping with adequate separation, |
| | | | | |preferably on opposite sides of road. Where |
| | | | | |pipes cross, install impermeable barrier |
| | | | | |between the pipes. |
|Supply and distribution mains|Water |Leakage from broken pipes |Establish and support leakage detection | | |
|OPERATION PHASE | |creating ponds of water in which |and repair either within local government| | |
| | |disease carrying organisms |or through private sector. | | |
| | |thrive. |Flush system once in a while to remove | | |
| | |Negative pressure in pipes |accumulated silt. | | |
| | |drawing contaminated water and | | | |
| | |soil into water supply. | | | |
Roads
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation |Required action /mitigation measure by |
| |affected | |by Local Government |measure by Community |Contractor |
|Roads |Human beings |Displacement of people |Identify good borrow pit areas near the | | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Land |Source of materials for the gravel. |road. | | |
| | | |Sensitisation of people along the | | |
| | | |proposed route. | | |
|Roads |Soil |Creates ponds and pools of water if left|Regular maintenance of culvert crossings | |Restore the borrow areas with topsoil that|
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE |Human beings |open. May encourage breeding of |with proper de-silting measures put in | |had been spread to the side of the borrow |
| |Animals |mosquitoes and cause accidents. |place. | |area then plant grass and allow natural |
|Excavations in borrow |Geology |Siltation of waterways. |Sensitise the workforce and communities | |re-growth of vegetation. |
|areas. |Plants |Erosion and sedimentation during |about the risk of diseases, especially | |Proper grading of the road at the right |
|Grading to attain right | |construction. |HIV/AIDS. This should be done thro-out | |camber being adopted for earth roads. |
|camber | |Accidents. |the construction process. | |Creation of proper waterways like outfalls|
|Use of equipment. | |Oil and petrol spills may happen during |Sensitise the communities on the benefits| |and offshoots at crossings and steep |
|Culvert installation | |refuelling or transportation. |of having a properly constructed road. | |slopes to channel the water off the road. |
|Fuelling | |Low wages and untimely payment of |Involve the community at the start of the| |Provide first aid kits. |
| | |workers. |project by recruiting them to work on the| |Sensitise and train labourers in the use |
| | |Dumping of construction debris e.g. soil|roads so that they can develop a sense of| |of equipment. |
| | |waste material in wetlands. |belonging to the entire project. | |Provide protective gear. |
| | |Clearing wetlands to give way for |Hold stakeholders’ conferences and | |Install the proper culverts and headwalls |
| | |construction using culverts and |clearly map out the roles of each | |with outfalls sited in the proper |
| | |embankment fills, infilling some parts |stakeholder on the project. This will be | |direction of flow. |
| | |with gravel. These activities are likely|done using the area local council works | |Proper grading of the road. |
| | |to interfere with water flow/local |committees. | |Drainage channels should be designed and |
| | |drainage and may interfere with the | | |implemented to avoid the transfer, |
| | |capacity of the wetland to filter and | | |deposition and accumulation of silt, |
| | |clean water. | | |especially in wetlands. |
| | |Increased accidents. | | |Fuelling should be done away from water |
| | |Human and organic wastes polluting the | | |sources/wetlands. |
| | |watercourses. | | |Soil bunds should be constructed around a |
| | |Reduction of cropping areas for local | | |single designated area for the washing, |
| | |farmers adjacent to road. | | |fuelling and maintenance of vehicles and |
| | |Increased likelihood of transmitting | | |machinery. Servicing of machinery should |
| | |diseases such as cholera and STD’s to | | |not be done on site to minimise spills. |
| | |and from, local population. | | |Waste should not be disposed of in |
| | |Disputes with those neighbouring the | | |wetlands. |
| | |roads, especially with communities that | | |Sensitise workers in the presence of |
| | |have encroached on the road reserve and | | |supervision staff. |
| | |land that has borrow areas. | | |Strict monitoring and supervision by staff|
| | | | | |concerned. |
| | | | | |Keep muster rolls. |
| | | | | |Dumping of such material in or near the |
| | | | | |wetland should be avoided. |
| | | | | |Install appropriate sizes of culverts and |
| | | | | |embankments to provide adequate drainage. |
| | | | | |Overburden should be removed after barren |
| | | | | |soil surfaces have stabilized through |
| | | | | |seeding with grass. |
| | | | | |Increase road width through adequate bush |
| | | | | |clearing to improve sighting distances of |
| | | | | |motorists and increase the braking |
| | | | | |distance in situations where quick |
| | | | | |reactions are necessary. |
| | | | | |Temporary pit latrines should be |
| | | | | |constructed at the camps. |
| | | | | |Construct speed control bumps in trading |
| | | | | |centres to reduce accidents. |
|Roads: OPERATION PHASE |Soil |Increased accidents due to poor sighting|Establish and support roads maintenance |Slashing the sides of the road to |Minimise as much as possible destruction |
|Slashing the roadsides to |Flora |distance. |program. |improve the sighting distance of |of vegetation and plant trees along the |
|improve sighting distance |Water |Roadway blocking drainage for runoff | |the motorists and generally |sides of the roads. |
| |Human health |water. | |improve the drainage of the road. |Install culverts or bridges across natural|
| | |Roadway becoming a watercourse during | | |and manmade drainage channels and keep |
| | |rains and causing erosion. | | |them clear of debris. |
| | |Ponding on roadway providing breeding | | |Provide drainage ditches on both sides of |
| | |site for water borne disease. | | |the road and install small check dams to |
| | |Potholes in road causing vehicle and | | |reduce speed of water flow. Direct water |
| | |pedestrian accidents. | | |from roadway ditch into natural or manmade|
| | |Pedestrians injured and killed by over | | |drainage channels as frequently as |
| | |speeding vehicles | | |possible to minimise the volume of runoff |
| | | | | |water carried by roadway ditch. |
| | | | | |Plant shrubs and trees on uphill side of |
| | | | | |ditch to slow water runoff. |
| | | | | |Raise road above surrounding ground level |
| | | | | |and slope the surface of the road toward |
| | | | | |the sides. |
|Primary bridges and |Human Beings |Flooding |Source for a consultant to conduct an EIA| | |
|culverts |Surface water |Road becoming impassable. |(Environmental Impact Assessment). | | |
|PLANNING PHASE | |Bridge deck failure causing accidents |Consult District Engineer for proper and | | |
| | |and injuries. |safe design. | | |
|Primary bridges and |Soil |Destruction of vegetation causing loss |Restrict construction to dry season to | |Limit vegetation clearing. |
|culverts: |Vegetation |of habitat (home) for animals. |reduce soil erosion and silting of | |Restrict construction to dry season to |
| |Human beings |Increased dust levels due to removal of |surface water sources. | |reduce soil erosion and silting of surface|
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE |Water |vegetation and construction traffic. | | |water sources. |
| |Dust |Soil erosion will occur especially | | |If the dust levels are high, the |
| | |during the rain season. | | |contractor should sprinkle water to reduce|
| | |Surface water downstream will be silted | | |dust levels. |
| | |due to transportation of loose soil. | | | |
|Primary bridges and |Soil |Flooding and erosion caused by |Establish and implement maintenance |Organise regular cleanout of | |
|culverts: OPERATION PHASE: |Surface water |overflowing and blockage of openings. |program and establish source of funding |culverts to avoid blockage. | |
| |Human beings |Bridge deck failure causing accidents |to pay for repair works. | | |
| | |and injuries | | | |
Drainage
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure by |
| |affected | |by Local Government |by Community |Contractor |
|Primary drains |Soil |Soil erosion |Community consultation. | | |
|(Man-made and natural |Water |Flooding may affect people’s |Proper site selection. | | |
|channels) |Human beings |property. | | | |
|PLANNING PHASE | | | | | |
|Primary drains |Soil |Destruction of vegetation causing |Prevent construction of housing or |Plant shrubs and trees on uphill side|Limit vegetation clearing to the width of|
|(Man-made and natural |Vegetation |loss of habitat (home) for animals. |commercial operations in flood prone |of ditch to slow water runoff. |the drainage. |
|channels) | |Soil erosion will occur especially |areas. |Prevent construction of housing or |Re-plant vegetation on construction area |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE | |during the rain season. | |commercial operations in flood prone |upon completion to reduce soil erosion. |
| | |Surface water downstream will be | |areas. |Restrict digging of drainage channel to |
| | |silted as a result of transportation| | |dry season to reduce soil erosion and |
| | |of loose soil. | | |silting of surface water sources. |
| | | | | |Install check dams to reduce speed of |
| | | | | |flow. |
| | | | | |Plant shrubs and trees on uphill side of |
| | | | | |ditch to slow water runoff. |
| | | | | |Enlarge drain to accommodate peak flows. |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | |Stabilize sections of bank susceptible to|
| | | | | |erosion. |
|Primary drains |Soil |Runoff water ponding beyond edge of |Conduct public education campaign to |Ensure that the channel is kept clear| |
|(Man-made and natural |Surface water |property and providing breeding |raise awareness of health risks of |of debris. | |
|channels) |Human beings |ground for water borne disease. |careless defecation and indiscriminate |Erosion along banks of drainage | |
|OPERATION PHASE: | |Excessive erosion in drainage |disposal of solid waste. Promote use of|channel causing siltation of channel | |
| | |channel |latrines. |and loss of land. | |
| | |Drainage channel used for open |Local council should deal with | | |
| | |defecation. |polluters. | | |
| | |Drainage channel used as disposal |Conduct public education campaign to | | |
| | |site for solid waste, which causes |raise awareness of health risks of | | |
| | |blockage of the channel |using unprotected water sources. | | |
| | |(particularly by plastic bags) and |Provide alternative safe water supply | | |
| | |contamination of the water. |sources that are affordable to users. | | |
| | |People drawing their water supply |Organize regular maintenance to remove | | |
| | |from drains resulting in ill health.|debris from channels. | | |
Sanitation
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure|Required action /mitigation measure by |
| |affected | |by Local Government |by Community |Contractor |
|Latrines PLANNING PHASE |Water |Groundwater Contamination |Locate latrines at least 30 metres from | | |
| | | |dug wells, springs, and boreholes. If | | |
| | | |possible locate latrine at 60 meters. | | |
| | | |Promote use of pit latrines. | | |
| | | |Educate people on the risk of | | |
| | | |indiscriminate faecal disposal. | | |
|Latrines |Vegetation |Destruction of vegetation causing |Restrict construction to dry season to | |Limit vegetation clearing to the |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE: |Soil |loss of habitat (home) for animals.|reduce soil erosion and silting of | |specific site of latrine. |
|Bush clearing |Surface water |Increased dust levels due to |surface water sources. | |Re-plant vegetation on construction |
|Excavation/ digging pit. |Human beings |removal of vegetation | | |area upon completion to reduce soil |
| | |Soil erosion, especially during the| | |erosion. |
| | |rain season. | | |Fence off the pit during construction |
| | |Surface water downstream silted as | | |to prevent accidents. |
| | |a result of soil erosion. | | | |
|Latrines |Water |Contamination of ground water |Locate latrines at least 30 metres from |Place lid on hole to prevent flies.| |
|OPERATION PHASE: |Animals |supply sources through sub-surface |dug wells, springs, and boreholes. If |Slash area around the pit latrine | |
| |Human beings |flow of human waste. |possible locate latrine at 60 meters. |to destroy habitat of disease | |
|Use of latrines | |Contamination of surface water |If possible, construct lined pit |causing vectors. | |
| | |sources through transportation by |latrines, which can be emptied when full.| | |
| | |storm runoff. |Consider constructing water borne squat | | |
| | |Animals carry disease-causing |toilets if there is piped water in that | | |
| | |parasites. |area. | | |
| | |More land is used in construction | | | |
| | |of new latrines when old ones fill | | | |
| | |up. | | | |
|Sewage collection piping and |Land |Land acquisition |Community consultation | | |
|drains |Human beings | |Proper site selection of where pipes will| | |
|PLANNING PHASE | | |pass. | | |
|Sewage collection piping and |Soil |Destruction of vegetation causing |Restrict construction to dry season to | |Limit vegetation clearing to the |
|drains |Vegetation |loss of habitat (home) for animals.|reduce soil erosion and silting of | |specific site of trench. |
| |Surface water |Increased dust levels due to |surface water sources. | |Re-plant vegetation on construction |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE: |Human beings |removal of vegetation. | | |area upon completion to reduce soil |
| | |Soil erosion will occur especially | | |erosion. |
|Excavation of trenches | |during the rain season. | | |Ensure that sewage piping is installed |
|Pipe laying | |Surface water downstream will be | | |in separate trench from water supply |
| | |silted as a result of | | |piping with adequate separation, |
| | |transportation of loose soil. | | |preferably on opposite sides of street.|
| | | | | |Where pipes cross, ensure that |
| | | | | |impermeable barrier installed between |
| | | | | |the pipes. |
|Sewage collection piping and |Piped water |Leakage from broken drains and |Conduct public education campaign aimed | | |
|drains |Human beings |overflow from plugged pipes forming|at reducing quantity of solid waste such | | |
|OPERATION PHASE | |ponds of wastewater and |as plastics entering the collection | | |
| | |contaminating surface waters. |system. | | |
| | |Cross contamination of water supply|Provide leakage detection and repair and | | |
| | |from sewage collection piping. |organise for cleaning out of the pipes. | | |
| | |People coming in contact with |Ensure that collector drains are covered | | |
| | |wastewater in collector drains and |and cleaned on a regular basis. | | |
| | |from overflow from plugged drains. | | | |
|Sewage treatment lagoons |Human beings |Sludge disposed of indiscriminately|Source for a consultant to conduct an EIA| | |
|PLANNING PHASE | |and causing health risk. |(Environmental Impact Assessment). | | |
| | | |Consult District Engineer for proper | | |
| | | |design. | | |
| | | |Establish and enforce guidelines for | | |
| | | |design, construction and management of | | |
| | | |disposal facilities. | | |
|Sewage treatment lagoons |Vegetation |Destruction of vegetation during |Construction contract documents should | |Limit vegetation clearing to the |
|Construction phase | |excavation works |incorporate provisions for limiting | |specific site. |
| | |Loss of habitat for animals. |vegetative removal, and for re-vegetation| |Re-plant vegetation on construction |
| | |Aesthetic impacts. |of the construction area upon completion.| |area upon completion to reduce soil |
| | | | | |erosion and maintain natural beauty. |
| | | | | |Construct proper fencing to prevent |
| | | | | |animals entering sewage lagoon area. |
|Sewage treatment lagoons |Animals |Animals accessing sewage lagoon and|Wastewater leaving the treatment site |Maintain proper fencing to prevent | |
|Operation phase: |Human beings |transmitting diseases to people. |should be treated to meet prescribed |animals entering sewage lagoon | |
| |Vegetation |Incompletely treated waste water |quality standards. |area. | |
| |Water |contaminating surface water streams|Ensure that lagoons are sized and | | |
| | | |operated to retain wastewater adequate | | |
| | |Waste water used for irrigation and|time to complete treatment process. | | |
| | |causing contamination of foods |Establish and enforce regulation of the | | |
| | |consumed by humans. |usage of wastewater for irrigation to | | |
| | | |prevent transmission of disease to plants| | |
| | | |consumed by humans. | | |
Solid Waste Management
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |
| |affected | |by Local Government |by Community |by Contractor |
|Public collection points |Human beings |Contamination of water. |Community consultation. | | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Land |Land acquisition. |Consult with District Engineer for | | |
| |Water |Disease outbreak. |appropriate design of the skip. | | |
| | |Accessibility of the waste skip. |Locate the skip or bunker in an | | |
| | | |accessible place for public use. | | |
| | | |Ensure that the skip or bunker is of | | |
| | | |a comfortable height for the users to| | |
| | | |place the waste inside instead of | | |
| | | |throwing it outside. | | |
|Public collection points |Aesthetics |Aesthetics |Supervise the contractor in | |Construct the skip according to the |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE: | | |construction of the skip. | |specifications given in the contract.|
|Public collection points | |Unsightly overflowing skips or |The waste skips should be emptied on | | |
|e.g. at markets | |bunkers leading to nuisance smells |a regular basis. | | |
| | |and disease vectors such as flies |Locate the skip or bunker in a place | | |
|OPERATION PHASE: | |and rodents |in an accessible place for public use| | |
| | |Human wastes (flying toilets) |Conduct public education program to | | |
|Actual use of the skip | |thrown into skips and bunkers. |promote recovery of useable solid | | |
| | |Disease vectors such as flies and |wastes | | |
| | |rodents using the skips and |Provide adequate equipment to empty | | |
| | |surrounding area as breeding |skips and bunkers before they | | |
| | |ground. |overflow. | | |
| | | |Conduct hygiene education campaign to| | |
| | | |raise awareness of the health risks | | |
| | | |of indiscriminate disposal of human | | |
| | | |wastes and promote the use of | | |
| | | |latrines. | | |
| | | | | | |
|Waste disposal site/ pit. |Human beings |Contamination of water |Community consultation. | | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Land |Land acquisition |Ensure that the location of the pit is| | |
| |Water |Disease outbreak. |accessible to the public. | | |
| | |Accessibility of the waste |Compensation of land as much as | | |
| | |disposal site. |possible especially in the divisions. | | |
|Waste disposal site/ pit |Water |Contamination of water. |Select disposal site underlain by low | |Build fence around disposal site to |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE | | |permeability materials (not sand and | |keep out animals. |
| | | |gravel) and as far as possible from | |Construct drain around perimeter of |
| | | |aquifers and surface water. | |disposal site and lead runoff water to|
| | | | | |treatment pond. |
|Waste disposal site/ pit |Animals |Waste scattered by wind. |Conduct campaign to promote recovery |Cover waste as soon as possible after| |
|OPERATION PHASE: |Human beings |Animals and flies feeding on |of useable solid wastes, especially |dumping. | |
| |Water |garbage and carrying disease to |organic wastes that constitute up to |Prevent general runoff from flowing | |
| | |human population. |80% of the wastes. |across disposal site. | |
| | |Runoff from disposal site draining| |Clear debris from drain around | |
| | |into and polluting local water | |perimeter of disposal site so that | |
| | |sources. | |runoff water is led to the treatment | |
| | |Leachate from waste polluting the | |pond. | |
| | |ground water or surface water. | |Fence around the disposal pit should | |
| | |Volume of waste accumulating too | |be maintained to keep out animals. | |
| | |quickly and necessitating opening | | | |
| | |of new waste disposal site. | | | |
|Other Solid Waste projects such as the ones mentioned below would require an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) |
|Recycling/resource recovery systems |
|Landfill |
|Incineration |
|Refuse derived fuel production |
|River or lake disposal |
|Reduction of waste at source |
General Construction
|Project/ Activity |Environmental component affected |Nature of Environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation |
| | | |by Local Government |by Community |measure by Contractor |
|General construction |Human beings |Destruction of site with unique |Consult District Engineer for adequate | | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Land |cultural, historical, religious or |technical designs and ensure that the site is| | |
| |Animals |spiritual value. |not within the road reserve so that enough | | |
| |Plants |Displacement of people living in that |space is left for extension of public | | |
| | |area. |utilities like electricty water, water | | |
| | |Destruction of vegetation causing loss|telephones e.t.c. | | |
| | |of habitat (home) for animals. |Community consulation and involvelment. | | |
| | |Change of land use. |Select site that does not destroy a site that| | |
| | | |is important to preserving unique cultural, | | |
| | | |historical, religious or spiritual values. | | |
| | | |Construction contract documents should | | |
| | | |include environmental mitigation measures | | |
| | | |relevant to the construction. | | |
|General construction |Vegetation |Destruction of vegetation during |The construction contract documents should |The contractor should be limited in |Limit vegetation removal to |
| |Animals |excavation works. |incorporate provisions for limiting |the activities authorized during the|specific area of construction. |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE |Soil |Loss of animal habitat. |vegetative removal, and for re-vegetation of |rainy seasons. |Re-plant vegetation on the |
| |Human beings |Adverse aesthetic impacts. |the construction area upon completion. | |construction area upon completion.|
| |Surface water |Soil erosion especially during the | | | |
| | |rain season, where soil is loose. | | |In case of high dust levels, the |
| | |Surface water downstream will be | | |contractor should sprinkle the |
| | |silted as a result of transportation | | |construction area with water to |
| | |of loose soil. | | |minimize dust. |
| | |Traffic Disruption. | | |Warning signs should be used to |
| | |Increased dust as a result of | | |ensure that traffic disruption is |
| | |vegetative cover removal. | | |kept to a minimum. |
CROP HUSBANDRY
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |
| |affected | |by Local Government |by Community |by Contractor |
|Crop Husbandry |Soil |Loss of fertility. |Consult with the Agricultural | | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Vegetation |Soil erosion. |Extension staff. | | |
| |Animals |Loss of vegetative cover. | | | |
| |Human beings |Contamination of water by | | | |
| |Water |fertilizers, which may eventually | | | |
| |Air |affect people. | | | |
| | | | | | |
|Crop Husbandry |Soil |Destruction of vegetation causing |Education and training of |Phased vegetation clearing to allow | |
|ESTABLISHMENT PHASE |Vegetation |loss of habitat (home) for animals. |participants in soil and water |animals time to adapt. | |
| |Animals |Loss of biodiversity |protection. |Carry out assessment to identify | |
|Vegetation clearing |Water |Soil erosion in hilly areas during |Restrict introduction of new species |species of conservation concern. | |
|Tilling land | |the rainy season |until scientific studies are done. |Using appropriate techniques to slow | |
|Construction of irrigation/ | |Siltation of surface water downstream| |runoff e.g. use bunds, contours, | |
|drainage infrastructure | |as a result of transportation of | |terraces, mulching, grass strips, | |
|Planting | |loose soil. | |etc. | |
|Fertilizer application | |Introduction of new invasive species.| | | |
| | | | | | |
| | | | | | |
|Crop Husbandry |Soil |Loss of soil nutrients. |Education and training of |Appropriate crop selection. | |
|OPERATION PHASE |Water |Reduced water flow if stream or river|participants in good agricultural |Use of registered and recommended | |
| |Fauna |is being diverted for irrigation. |practices. |agrochemicals. | |
|Crop husbandry (weeding, | |Risk of disease from mosquitoes, | |Implement good agricultural practises| |
|agrochemical application, | |snails, etc. | |e.g. terracing, mulching. | |
|harvesting) | |Soil and water contamination from | |Planting trees in the catchment to | |
|Processing | |agrochemicals (fertilizers and | |improve water retention. | |
| | |pesticides) and some agro processing | |Timed or minimum use of chemicals | |
| | |projects. | |e.g. use integrated pest management, | |
| | |Agrochemical toxicity to humans. | |cultural soil and crop protection | |
| | |Use of manure resulting in spreading | |measures. | |
| | |disease. | | | |
|Irrigation |Soil |Loss of soil quality e.g. development|Consult Agricultural Officer for |Appropriate crop selection | |
| |Surface water |of salty soil |guidance. |Using appropriate techniques to slow | |
| |Ground water |Reduced water flow if stream or river|Initiate resources survey including |runoff | |
| |Fauna |is being diverted for irrigation |water and soil quality and hydrology |Provide adequate irrigation channels | |
| | |Risk of disease from mosquitoes, |Soil and water conservation measures |to avoid stagnation of water. | |
| | |snails, etc. |built into the project e.g. narrow or|Regulate water flow into the | |
| | |Soil and water contamination from |covered irrigation canals or pipes. |irrigated fields. | |
| | |agrochemicals (fertilisers and | |Planting trees in the catchment to | |
| | |pesticides). | |improve water retention. | |
| | | | |Keep canals, ditches lined or free of| |
| | | | |weeds and sediment and with good | |
| | | | |drainage. | |
| | | | |Introduce fish that eat mosquitoes to| |
| | | | |control malaria. | |
Livestock and Range Management
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |
| |affected | |by Local Government |by |by Contractor |
| | | | |Community | |
|Livestock and Range |Land |Change of existing land use. |Consult with Agricultural Officer. | | |
|Management |Soil |Introduction of new invasive species. |Restrict introduction of new species | | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Plants | |until scientific studies are done. | | |
| |Animals | | | | |
| |Human beings | | | | |
|Livestock and Management |Soil |Soil Pollution. |Agricultural Officers should ensure |Plant approved species of pasture | |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE |Plants |Contamination of water from cattle |implementation of research findings |approved by Local Government through | |
|Planting pasture for |Water |dips. |on new species to be introduced. |the Agricultural Officer. | |
|animals. | | |Ensure proper construction of cattle | | |
|Construction of facilities | | |dips to avoid spillage. | | |
|e.g. for watering, | | |Buy high yielding animal breeds. | | |
|treatment of animals | | | | | |
|against pests. | | | | | |
|Livestock and Range |Soil |Overgrazing leading to loss of soil |Assess carrying capacity of the land |Practice rotational grazing to avoid | |
|Management |Surface water |nutrients and soil erosion. |and limit grazing pressure |over grazing. | |
|OPERATION PHASE |Plants |Change in vegetation types due to |accordingly. |Utilize manure as fertilizer for | |
| |Animals |grazing pressure. |Maximise forage productivity by |their crops. | |
|Grazing | |Transmission of diseases. |combining different types of |Provide veterinary care. | |
|Watering animals | | |livestock. | | |
|Livestock movement | | |Location of watering points to avoid | | |
|Preparation of products | | |congregation of too many livestock in| | |
| | | |one place. | | |
| | | |Education and training of | | |
| | | |participants on control and | | |
| | | |management of manure. | | |
| | | |Proper veterinary services. | | |
Fisheries (Aquaculture)
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |
| |affected | |by Local Government |by Community |by Contractor |
|Fisheries | Land |Land use conflicts |Community consultation. | | |
|PLANNING |Wetlands |Water supply conflicts |Encourage use of existing depressions, | | |
|PHASE |Water |- Social and economic disruptions to|hollows and ditches. | | |
| |Human Beings |existing community water management |Good pond design, construction and | | |
| | |practices and relationships |maintenance to avoid premature | | |
| | | |abandonment and digging of new ponds by | | |
| | | |extension staff. | | |
| | | |Ensure adequate community participation | | |
| | | |in the planning and operation of the | | |
| | | |project. | | |
| | | |Site ponds to avoid disrupting existing/| | |
| | | |traditional uses of water (e.g. | | |
| | | |drinking, washing, animal watering). | | |
| | | |Develop ponds with other activities to | | |
| | | |combine water sources (e.g. pond water | | |
| | | |used for irrigation of crops). | | |
| | | |Develop supply sources where water | | |
| | | |quantities are adequate and the project | | |
| | | |will not conflict with existing human, | | |
| | | |livestock, wildlife or aquatic water | | |
| | | |uses especially during the dry seasons. | | |
| | | |Site project well away from wetlands | | |
|Fisheries |Vegetation |Loss of wetland vegetation leading |Restrict area cleared for ponds. |Construct ponds during dry season. | |
|ESTABLISHMENT PHASE |Water |to loss of habitats. |Employ suitable prevention and |Stabilize exposed soil with grasses | |
| |Humans |Disease due to pollution of water |mitigation measures, including education|and other ground cover. | |
|Clearing and excavation of |Water Quality |sources from aquaculture wastes |of local people e.g. good surface |Ensure good drainage and erosion | |
|wetland | |Creating habitats for disease |drainage around projects water supply, |control around ponds. | |
|Pond bank stabilization | |carriers such as mosquitoes and |ponds and drainage works; use fish | | |
|Introduction of fish | |snails and increasing the occurrence|species that feed on disease carriers. | | |
| | |of water-related diseases such as | | | |
| | |malaria and bilharzias. | | | |
| | |Contamination of surface waters with| | | |
| | |aquaculture wastes. | | | |
| | | | | | |
|Fisheries |Water |Waste from intensive fish processing|Monitor disease occurrence and public |Keep fish densities at moderate | |
|OPERATION PHASE |Humans |has high (BOD) Biochemical Oxygen |health indicators, and take corrective |levels to reduce disease risk and | |
| |Water quality |Demand which may result in |measures as needed (e.g. change project |need for antibiotics | |
|Feeding fish | |deterioration of water quality |works, improve maintenance, education, |Dilute pond water prior to release. | |
|Harvesting fish | | |medical) |Use shorter retention time of water | |
|Processing e.g. smoking | | |Monitoring of fisheries activities and |in ponds i.e. more frequent exchange | |
| | | |impacts. |of water. | |
| | | | |Consider using pond sludge as | |
| | | | |fertilizer if properly decomposed and| |
| | | | |non- toxic. | |
Bee Keeping
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure by |Required action /mitigation |
| |affected | |by Local Government |Community |measure by Contractor |
|Bee keeping |Human beings |Risk of bee stings |Community consultation. |Use suitable protective gear during | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Animals | |Proper site selection. |harvesting. | |
| | | |Educate people on proper harvesting | | |
| | | |techniques. | | |
|Bee Keeping |Vegetation |Disturbance may be caused by |Set up hives in areas with little or |Set up modern beehives. | |
|ESTABLISHMENT PHASE |Animals |trampling while setting up hives. |no wildlife. | | |
|Setting up beehives | | |Educate people on setting up modern | | |
| | | |beehives. | | |
|Bee Keeping |Animals |Risk of fire from poor harvesting |Train people in modern techniques of |Use proper harvesting equipment and | |
|OPERATION PHASE |Humans |methods. |harvesting honey. |techniques e.g. smokers. | |
|Checking hives | |Risk of bee stings. | |Fence off area of hives to avoid | |
|Harvesting honey | |Minor disturbance may be caused by | |disturbance from other people. | |
|Processing e.g. smoking | |trampling while checking hives and | |Use proper harvesting techniques with | |
| | |harvesting. | |proper protective gear. | |
Piggery
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |Required action /mitigation measure |
| |affected | |by Local Government |by |by Contractor |
| | | | |Community | |
|Piggery |Surface water |Contamination of water sources |Provide proper design of shed. |If odours do occur, the cleaning and | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Human beings |Noise |Sheds should not be sited on slopes above|flushing of pen floors, drainage | |
| | |Odour |sensitive receiving environments. |channels and pipes should be | |
| | | |Sheds should have concrete floors for |increased in frequency. | |
| | | |easy cleaning. |Wastewater holding tanks should be | |
| | | |Wash down and wastewater collection and |covered or enclosed, to minimise | |
| | | |transport systems should be designed and |odour release. | |
| | | |constructed so as to avoid stagnation of | | |
| | | |wastewaters. | | |
| | | |Distance from the perimeter of a piggery,| | |
| | | |or from the nearest point of a treatment | | |
| | | |system i.e. 20m to any property boundary | | |
| | | |and 50m to any public area or road | | |
| | | |recommended to minimise the effect of | | |
| | | |odours as much as possible. | | |
| | | |Shed should have vertical emission stacks| | |
| | | |rather than having emission points close | | |
| | | |to the road or along sidewalls. | | |
|Piggery |Plants |Clearing of vegetation |Educate community on proper management of|Sheds should be constructed in a | |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE |Animals |Soil erosion during construction of |pigs. |manner that makes them leak free and | |
| |Soil |pig shed. |Provide proper designs for shed |easy to maintain. | |
|Setting Up the piggery | | |construction. |Materials should be impervious to | |
| | | | |assist in cleaning and to avoid | |
| | | | |absorption of odours. | |
| | | | |Horizontal surfaces (other than the | |
| | | | |floor) will tend to accumulate dust | |
| | | | |and other wastes and should be | |
| | | | |avoided. | |
| | | | |Ventilation systems should not allow | |
| | | | |rain to enter the building and dampen| |
| | | | |litter. | |
| | | | | | |
|Piggery |Human beings |Wet litter is a significant odour |Moisture control of litter | | |
|OPERATION PHASE | |source, especially as manure |The moisture content of litter should be | | |
| | |accumulates |controlled by:- | | |
| | |Health hazard in form of jiggers, lice|- prompt repair of leaks in roof and | | |
| | |and fleas |exterior walls; | | |
| | | |- prompt repair of leaks in drinking and | | |
| | | |drinkers; | | |
| | | |- an adequate depth of bedding litter; | | |
| | | |- the removal of damp litter around | | |
| | | |drinkers; | | |
| | | |- A moisture content of 30-40% is | | |
| | | |optimal, avoiding dust (too dry) and | | |
| | | |odour (too damp). | | |
| | | |Odour mitigation measures include: | | |
| | | |- a high standard of building and floor | | |
| | | |cleanliness; | | |
| | | |- avoiding over-damp litter; | | |
| | | |- adequate separation from neighbouring | | |
| | | |properties/premises; | | |
| | | |- elevated discharge into the air from | | |
| | | |buildings. | | |
Rabbit Keeping
|Project/Activity |Environmental component |Nature of environmental concern |Required action /mitigation measure by Local |Required action /mitigation measure by |Required action /mitigation |
| |affected | |Government |Community |measure by Contractor |
|Rabbit Keeping |Land |Suitability of the site. |Agricultural Officers should consider research |Willingness of the community to participate | |
| |Animals |Market for the rabbits. |findings on new species to be introduced. |in the project. | |
|PLANNING PHASE |Water |Odour. |Community consultation. | | |
|Availability of the rabbits |Human beings |Storage and disposal of wastes. |Avoid environmentally sensitive areas. | | |
|Plan for the storage and | |Compatibility with existing and |The establishment of the rabbit farming at | | |
|disposal of wastes, dead | |surrounding land uses e.g. |adequate distances from neighbours can assist | | |
|animals, manure, sludge and | |distances to any houses, property |in minimising environmental impacts. | | |
|effluent etc. | |boundaries or watercourses. |The shed must not be located in an area that is| | |
| | | |subject to water logging. | | |
|Rabbit Keeping |Vegetation |Clearing of vegetation |Ensure proper construction of rabbit sheds. |Sheds to be constructed in a manner that | |
|CONSTRUCTION PHASE |Human Beings |Soil erosion during construction of|Buy good quality breeds of rabbits. |makes them free of leaks and easy to | |
| | |pig shed. |Educate community on proper management of |maintain. | |
|Building the rabbit shed. | | |rabbits. |The shed floor should be impervious to assist| |
| | | |Provide proper designs for shed construction. |in cleaning and to avoid absorption of | |
| | | | |odours. | |
| | | | |Ventilation systems should not allow rain to | |
| | | | |enter the building. | |
|Rabbit keeping |Vegetation |Health of the rabbits, employees |Disease-control methods should be established |As rabbit hair builds up inside sheds, it | |
|OPERATION PHASE |Animals |and surrounding residents due to |for isolating diseased stock and for quickly |should be removed regularly from vents and | |
|Animal health is likely to be |Human beings |the presence of vermin. |dealing with the problem. |window screens to maintain the efficiency of | |
|affected by poor shed hygiene. |Soil |Fast transmission of diseases |Rabbits must be kept within a well-ventilated |shed ventilation systems. | |
|Health risks assessment (if |Water |throughout the stock, which may |rabbit-proof enclosure. |Sound management and maintenance practices in| |
|animals are being processed | |lead to death of the whole stock. |All drainage water and animal wastes should be |sheds, waste management areas and feed | |
|on-site for human consumption).| |Generation of dour from stockpiled |collected via a drain and led to a suitably |storage areas are essential to prevent a | |
|Stock management | |manure and dead animals. |located designed holding pond. |vermin problem at the rabbit farm, which | |
|i.e. Security, Shed Hygiene, | |Nutrient runoff from the manure and|Depending on the scale of the enterprise, a |could also become a problem for surrounding | |
|Vermin control including | |overflows from holding tanks may |sedimentation pond may be required to be |residents. | |
|insects, Processing, | |contaminate surface water. |constructed in order to collect effluent and |Plans for quick disposal of stock should be | |
|Plans for disposal of stock | |Poorly constructed holding ponds |settle out the solid material before it reaches|in place whenever it is necessary for rabbit | |
|Solid waste management (Rabbit | |may lad to contamination of |the holding pond. |producers to quickly dispose of their stock. | |
|manure should be viewed as a | |groundwater |The proposed water sources for the rabbit |In a dry system, manure (and litter) may only| |
|valuable nutrient resource and | |Land disposal of effluent or sludge|enterprise should be of an adequate quality and|need to be removed once every several weeks. | |
|not as a waste product | |may lead to soil pollution and |reliability during dry periods to meet the |Stockpiled manure should be kept dry to | |
|requiring disposal). Manure and| |ground water contamination. |rabbits needs. |maintain nutrient quality and to avoid the | |
|litter collection, storage and | |Odour can result from poorly |The site layout and sheds should be designed to|potential for odour generation and nutrient | |
|disposal | |managed sheds or waste storage and |minimise the likelihood of storm water or |run-off. | |
|Disposal of dead animals | |disposal, as rabbit manure and |floodwater entering the shed or other |The manure and litter are suitable for use | |
|Wastewater, collection and | |effluent contain high levels of |operational areas, particularly those areas |directly onto land, or they can be used in | |
|Storage. These include any | |ammonia. |where the rabbits are housed or wastes are |composting mixes with green waste. | |
|wash-down water from periodic | |Significant ammonia levels can |stored. |Dead animals should be removed and disposed | |
|cleaning of sheds and cages, | |affect the health of the rabbits as|It is recommended that the shed floor be raised|of daily in a local landfill. On-site | |
|and any run-off from stockpiled| |well as reduce the amenity of the |a minimum of 200 mm above the ground surface. |disposal is acceptable only if pits are | |
|manure. | |surrounding area, potentially |To prevent infiltration of liquid wastes into |specially constructed. The pits should be | |
|Application of wastewater and | |causing conflicts with neighbouring|the soil, the shed floor and the solid waste |lined with impervious material, to ensure no | |
|sludge to land | |property owners. |storage area should be impermeable, eiither |leaching of nutrient, and constructed so that| |
|Odour management | |Contamination of wetlands or |concrete or compacted dirt. |other animals cannot gain access. | |
|Water-related issue | |groundwater may occur if sufficient|Absorbent litter such as sawdust or wood |If land disposal of effluent or sludge is to | |
|Noise and Lights | |care is not taken with the design |shavings should be maintained under the rabbit |be carried out on a significant scale, | |
| | |and management of the sheds or the |cages, or wastes should be collected on trays |applicants must demonstrate that the rate and| |
| | |wastewater and solid waste |or mats. |frequency of application would not result in | |
| | |management systems. |Vegetative screens in some circumstances reduce|the overloading of the soil and possible | |
| | |Likelihood of storm water or |the transmission of odour. However, they do not|nutrient contamination of groundwater. | |
| | |floodwater entering the shed or |negate the need for appropriate planning, |Spreading sludge or irrigating with effluent | |
| | |other operational areas, |siting, design and management practice. |must not occur in areas where there is a risk| |
| | |particularly those areas where the | |of run-off into watercourses. | |
| | |rabbits are housed or waste is | |Dry litter-based systems produce little odour| |
| | |stored. | |provided they are regularly cleaned out and | |
| | | | |litter is maintained dry. | |
INVOLUNTARY RESETTLEMENT FRAMEWORK FOR LOCAL GOVERNMENTS
Introduction
Involuntary resettlement due to a development project refers to the moving away of people, their families or community members from a piece of land to allow for the implementation of a community investment. If it is not well managed it could it often give rise to severe economic, social and environmental risks resulting in production systems being dismantled, people facing impoverishment when their productive skills may be less applicable and the competition of resources greater; community institutions and social networks being weakened. Families may disperse and may not even be able to live together as one. Kin/clan groups may end up being dispersed; and cultural identity, traditional authority lost. Therefore, people are in most cases compensated for their loss (of land, property or access) either in kind or in cash of which the former is preferred.
However this compensation needs to be done in only those circumstances where it is extremely inevitable. Care should be taken to ensure that community members during the project identification processes are consulted to own the projects that are being conceived. This will minimize the level of compensation that they may seek as a result of involuntary resettlement.
Categories of Affected population due to involuntary resettlement
a) Affected Individual – An individual who suffers loss of assets or investments, land and property and/or access to natural and/or economic resources as a result of the sub-project activities and to whom compensation is due
b) Affected Household – A household is affected if one or more of its members is affected by sub-project activities, either by loss of property, land, loss of access, or otherwise affected in any way by project activities. This provides for:
- Any members in the households, men, women, children, dependent relatives and friends, tenants.
- Vulnerable individuals who may be too old or ill to farm along with the others.
- Opposite sex-relatives who cannot reside together because of cultural rules, but who depend on one another for their daily existence.
- Opposite-sex relatives who may not eat together but provide housekeeping, or reproductive services critical to the family’s maintenance, and
- Other vulnerable people who cannot participate for physical or cultural reasons in production, consumption, or co-residence.
Compensation will not be limited to people who live together in a co-resident group, since this might leave out people whose labor contributions are critical to the functioning of the “household”. For example, among polygamous groups, each wife may have her own home.
c) Vulnerable Households – Particular attention should be paid to impacts on vulnerable members of these communities such as women, children and internally displaced people;
Internally displaced Persons – these are people who had to flee their homes as a result of rebel atrocities committed against their communities and are now virtually refugees in their own country and have not returned. They may be dependent on the NGO community and others for support.
Internally Displaced Orphaned Children – Children, especially orphaned children or children separated from their parents, who have remained particularly vulnerable to forced employment and associated health and safety hazards. They participate in income generating activities such as fetching of water, artisan mining, etc. If they are impacted by this project in a way that means they have to be physically relocated, their compensation cannot be in cash. Their compensation could take the form of paying for their rehabilitation and training to acquire useful vocational skills.
Women – may depend on husbands, sons, brothers or others for support. In many cases too, women are the main breadwinners in their households, yet may not own land. As mothers and wives, they need access to health service facilities. They will not be resettled in a way that separates them from their households as the very survival of their households depends on them. Their compensation must take into account all these factors.
Elderly – elderly people produce small amounts of food to “exchange” with others, so they can subsist on generous return gifts from people such as their kith and kin and neighbors. What would damage their economic viability is resettlement that separates them from the person or household on whom they depend for their support.
Voluntary Land Contributors – All persons or groups affected by this must be monitored even where contributions are voluntary to ascertain whether they have not been or likely to be affected such that they are left poorer or livelihoods affected without course for compensation. Sometimes land is given “voluntarily” because people do not want to be seen as or accused of, holding back community development.
These household types are not mutually exclusive, so that the elderly may be internally displaced persons, and women may be affected individuals.
Aspects that may be compensated
The following are the aspects that may be affected during involuntary resettlement of individuals and community members:
▪ Land
▪ Investments on the land such as building structures
▪ Crop gardens, beehives etc.
▪ Horticultural, floricultural and fruit trees
▪ Scared sites such as graves and graveyards, shrines etc.
▪ Places of worship and sanctuaries
▪ Relocation caused as a result of separation from access to income generation by a development in a community e.g. a road may separate a family from access to its garden
Process of Compensation for Involuntary Resettlement
The person or entity that is proposing a development that will impact on the individual or community shall meet the costs of the involuntary resettlement. This may be a Local Council (village, Parish) in the area of jurisdiction or a Local Government (Sub County, District Municipality, Town Council).
In all cases requiring compensation the Local Government of the area shall establish a committee to handle the compensation for the involuntary resettlement. The compensation shall be determine bearing in mind the estimated loss that the individual or community may incur as a result of the resettlement. This may include the cost of relocation, disturbance and where necessary reconstruction of the infrastructure in question. The estimates should be made in line with the prevailing market rates. All relocates shall be given ample time to relocate their services or homes as the case may be.
The processing of funds for compensation shall be computed in line with the provisions of the LG Financial and Accounting Regulations. All the processes for the compensation should be well documented and preserved by the LG for future reference. The documents should clearly indicate what is being compensated for and how much. The affected individual or community should be made to clearly understand all the processes involved in the compensation exercise.
3.0 GLOSSARY OF SOME TERMS USED IN THE CHECKLIST
Anaerobic: Not having oxygen
Biodiversity: The variety among living things from all sources, including land and water, and the ecosystems of which they are part. These include variety within species, between species, and of ecosystems. Diversity is the key to ensuring the continuance of life on Earth. It is also a fundamental requirement for adaptation and survival and continued evolution of species.
Catchment: The area drained by a stream, lake or other body of water. Frequently used to refer to areas which feed into dams. May also refer to areas served by a sewerage or storm water system.
Conservation: Looking after and managing a resource such as soil, water or wetland so that it remains able to fulfil its functions and provide benefits for present and future generations.
Ecosystem: Systems of plants, animals, and micro organisms, together with the non-living component and related ecological processes, and humans.
Groundwater: Sub-surface (underground) water or water stored in pores, cracks, and crevices in the ground below the water table.
Habitat: The place where a plant or animal species naturally lives and grows; or characteristics of the soil, water, and biologic community (other plants and animals) that make this possible
Infrastructure: Physical structures that form the foundation for development. Infrastructure includes: wastewater and water works, electric power, communications, transit and transportation facilities and oil pipelines and associated facilities.
Leachate: A liquid that results from water collecting contaminants as it trickles through wastes, agricultural pesticides, or fertilizers and may result in hazardous substances entering surface water, groundwater, or soil.
Sedimentation: The process of suspended solid particles settling (going to the bottom of) at the bottom of a vessel or basin
Siltation: Build up of fine soil particles. This usually occurs in wetlands or surface water bodies due to soil erosion upstream.
Surface Water: All water open to the atmosphere (e.g., rivers, lakes, reservoirs, streams, impoundments, seas, estuaries) and all springs, wells, or other collectors that are directly influenced by surface water.
Wetlands: Lands which are between dry land and water systems, where the water table is near or at the surface, or covered by shallow water (less than 6 metres deep) seasonally or permanently. They contain plants and animals specially adapted to these waterlogged conditions.
Invasive: Tending to intrude or encroach on something.
Mitigation: To moderate (a quality or condition) in force or intensity; alleviate.
Aesthetics: An artistically beautiful or pleasing appearance
Silting: To fill, cover, or obstruct with silt: A sedimentary material consisting of very fine particles intermediate in size between sand and clay.
Wellhead: The structure built over a well.
Vectors: An organism, such as a mosquito or tick, that carries disease-causing micro-organisms from one host to another.
Defecate: To pass out faeces
Stabilize: To make stable or steadfast.
Susceptible: Easily influenced or affected
Borrow pits: An unconsolidated mixture of rock fragments or pebbles
Gravelling: To apply a surface of rock fragments or pebbles to.
Ponding: Forming a still body of water much smaller than a lake.
Toxicity: The quality or condition of being toxic: Capable of causing injury or death, especially by chemical means; poisonous
Aquatic: Consisting of, relating to, or being in water
Aquaculture: The science, art, and business of cultivating marine or freshwater food fish under controlled conditions.
Bilharzia: An infection with a parasite of the genus Schistosoma found in water snails; symptoms depend on the part of the body infected.
Sludge; Semisolid material such as the type precipitated by sewage treatment. Mud, mire, or ooze covering the ground or forming a deposit, as on a riverbed
Odour: Bad smell.
Impervious: Incapable of being penetrated or affected by water.
Vermin: Various small animals or insects, such as rats or cockroaches, that are destructive, annoying, or injurious to health.
Litter: Carelessly discarded refuse, such as wastepaper
Effluent: An outflow from a sewer or sewage system or water body.
Stock: A supply accumulated for future use.
Acaricides: a chemical agent used to kill pests e.g. ticks, mites; usually used on cows
Soil bund: Soil embankment
Muster rolls: An inventory or list of names of people employed to do an activity e.g. slashing
Percolate: To cause (liquid, for example) to pass through a porous substance or small holes; filter.
Out falls: The place where a sewer, drain, or stream discharges.
Embankment: A mound of earth or stone built to hold backwater or to support a roadway
Camber: A slightly curved/arched surface of a road
Dyke: An embankment of earth and rock built to prevent floods.
Lagoon: A shallow body of liquid waste material.
Skip/ bunker: A container usually concrete or metallic where rubbish/waste is disposed.
Aquifer: An underground bed or layer of earth, gravel, or porous stone that contains water.
Leachate: a product or solution formed by contaminants picked up through the soil.
Scenic view: beautiful view
Catchment: a structure in which water is collected, especially rain water
Standpost/ Water tap: a fixture for drawing water from a pipe
ANNEX III: Environmental Guidelines for construction contractors
General: Applicability of These Environmental Guidelines and ESMP
1. These general environmental guidelines apply to any work to be undertaken under the LGMSD Project. For certain work sites entailing specific environmental and/or social issues, a specific Environmental and Social Impact Assessment, including an Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP), shall be prepared to address the above-mentioned specific issues in addition to these general environmental guidelines. In addition to these general Environmental Guidelines, the Contractor shall therefore comply with any specific ESMP for the works he is responsible for. The Contractor shall after being informed by the LGI, here-in referred to as the Client about such an ESMP for certain work sites, prepare his work strategy and plan to fully take into account relevant provisions of that ESMP. If the Contractor fails to implement the approved ESMP as embodied in the contract documents and/or after written instructions by the LGI’s designated works supervisor, the DEO/MEO to fulfill his obligation within the requested time, the LGI/Client reserves the right to arrange for execution of the missing action by a third party on account of the Contractor.
2. Notwithstanding the Contractor’s obligation under the above clause, the Contractor shall implement all measures necessary to avoid undesirable adverse environmental and social impacts wherever possible, restore work sites to acceptable standards, and abide by any environmental performance requirements specified in an ESMP where such an ESMP applies.
3. These Environmental Guidelines, as well as any specific ESMP, apply to the Contractor. They also apply to any sub-contractors present on Project work sites at the request of the Contractor with permission from the Client.
General Environmental Protection Measures
4. In general, environmental protection measures to be taken at any work site shall include but not be limited to:
(a) Minimize the effect of dust on the environment resulting from earth mixing sites, vibrating equipment, construction related traffic on temporary or existing access roads, etc. to ensure safety, health and the protection of workers and communities living in the vicinity of work sites and access roads.
(b) Ensure that noise levels emanating from machinery, vehicles and noisy construction activities (e.g. excavation, blasting) comply with Ethiopian standards and are generally kept at a minimum for the safety, health and protection of workers within the vicinity of high noise levels and nearby communities.
(c) Ensure that existing water flow regimes in rivers, streams and other natural or irrigation channels are maintained and/or re-established where they are disrupted due to works being carried out.
(d) Prevent any construction-generated substance, including bitumen, oils, lubricants and waste water used or produced during the execution of works, from entering into rivers, streams, irrigation channels and other natural water bodies/reservoirs.
(e) Avoid or minimize the occurrence of standing water in holes, trenches, borrow areas, etc…
(f) Prevent and minimize the impacts of quarrying, earth borrowing, piling and building of temporary construction camps and access roads on the biophysical environment including protected areas and arable lands; local communities and their settlements. Restore/rehabilitate all sites to acceptable standards.
(g) Upon discovery of graves, cemeteries, cultural sites of any kind, including ancient heritage, relics or anything that might or believed to be of archeological or historical importance during the execution of works, immediately report such findings to the Client so that the Ministry in charge of Culture may be expeditiously contacted for fulfillment of the measures aimed at protecting such historical or archaeological resources.
In the event that the Contractor encounters chance finds during construction and/or rehabilitation activities, he will contact the appropriate LGI overseeing the sub-project with the view to passing on this information to:
• the entity resposible for Culture and Tourism and
• the Authority of Research and Conservation of Cultural Heritage.
(h) Prohibit construction workers from engaging in the exploitation of natural resources such as hunting, fishing, and collection of forest products or any other activity that might have a negative impact on the social and economic welfare of the local communities. Prohibit explicitly the transport of any bush meat in Contractor’s vehicles.
(i) Prohibit the transport of firearms in Project-related vehicles.
(j) Prohibit the transport of third parties in Project-related vehicles.
(k) Implement soil erosion control measures in order to avoid surface run off and prevent siltation, etc.
(l) Ensure that garbage, sanitation and drinking water facilities are provided in construction workers camps.
(m) Ensure that, in as much as possible, local materials are used to avoid importation of foreign material and long distance transportation.
(n) Ensure public safety, and meet Ugandan traffic safety requirements for the execution of works to avoid accidents.
(o) Ensure that any trench, pit, excavation, hole or other hazardous feature is appropriately demarcated and signposted to prevent third-party intrusion and any safety hazard to third parties.
(p) Comply with Ugandan speed limits, and any other traffic restrictions related with construction activities at LGMSD Project sites.
(q) Ensure that, where unskilled daily-hired workforce is necessary, such workers are hired from neighboring communities.
(r) Generally comply with any requirements of Ugandan law and regulations.
5. Besides the regular inspection of the sites by the supervisor appointed by the Client for adherence to the Contract conditions and specifications, the Client may appoint an environmental inspector to oversee the compliance with these environmental conditions and any proposed mitigation measures. District or Municipal Environmental Officers may carry out similar inspection duties. In all cases, as directed by the Client’s supervisor, the Contractor shall comply with directives from such inspectors.
Drilling
6. The Contractor will make sure that any drilling fluid, drilling mud, mud additives, and any other chemicals used for drilling at any LGMSD Project construction site complies with Ugandan health and safety requirements. In general, only bio-degradable materials will be used. The Contractor may be required to provide the detailed description of the materials he intends to use for review and approval by the Client. Where chemicals are used, general prescriptions of the World Bank’s safeguard policy OP 4.09 “Pest Management” shall be complied with.
7. Drilling fluids will be recycled or disposed of in compliance with Ugandan regulations in an authorized disposal site. If drilling fluids cannot be disposed of in a practical manner, and if land is available near the drilling site that is free of any usage rights, the Contractor may be authorized to dispose of drilling fluids near the drilling site. In this case, the Contractor will be required to provide to the Client due evidence of their total absence of potential environmental impacts, such as leachate tests certified by an agreed laboratory. In this case, drilling fluids will be dried at site, mixed with earth and spread at site.
8. Any site affected by drilling work will be restored to its initial condition. This applies to drilling pads, access roads, staging areas, etc… Topsoil will be stripped ahead of any earthmoving, stored near the construction site, and replaced in its original location after the recontouring of the area affected by the works.
9. Where successive aquifers are intersected by the drilling works, and upon order by the work supervisor, the Contractor may be required to take measures to isolate aquifers from contamination by each other.
10. The Contractor will take all measures to avoid bacteriological or chemical contamination of the intersected aquifers by the drilling equipment. Similarly, the Contractor will take all measures to avoid bacteriological or chemical contamination of the intersected aquifers from the surface by providing an adequately sealed well-head.
11. When greasing drilling equipment, the Contractor will avoid any soil contamination. In the event of a limited hydrocarbon spill, the Contractor will recover spilled hydrocarbons and contaminated soils in sealed drums and dispose of them in an authorized waste management facility.
12. Unless duly requested by the Contractor and authorized by the supervisor, no servicing of drilling equipment or vehicles is permitted at the drilling site.
Pipelines
13. No trench shall be left open for more than 7 days, unless duly authorized by the supervisor upon Contractor’s request. Trenches and other excavation works shall be demarcated and/or signposted to avoid third party intrusion.
14. General conditions related with topsoil stripping, storage and restoration apply.
15. The Contractor will take measures to dispose of water used for pressure tests in a manner that does not affect neighboring settlements.
Waste Management
16. All drums, containers, bags, etc. containing oil/fuel/surfacing materials and other hazardous chemicals shall be stored at construction sites on a sealed and/or bonded area in order to contain potential spillage. All waste containers, litter and any other waste generated during the construction shall be collected and disposed off at designated disposal sites in line with applicable Ugandan government waste management regulations.
17. All drainage and effluent from storage areas, workshops, housing quarters and generally from camp sites shall be captured and treated before being discharged into the drainage system in line with applicable government water pollution control regulations.
18. Used oil from maintenance shall be collected, properly stored in sealed containers, and either disposed of appropriately at designated sites or be re-cycled.
19. Entry of runoff into construction sites, staging areas, camp sites, shall be restricted by constructing diversion channels or holding structures such as berms, drains, dams, etc. to reduce the potential of soil erosion and water pollution.
20. Construction waste shall not be left in stockpiles along the road, but removed and reused or disposed of on a daily basis.
21. Where temporary dump sites for clean excavated material are necessary, they shall be located in areas, approved by the Client’s supervisor, where they will not result in supplemental erosion. Any compensation related with the use of such sites shall be settled prior to their use.
22. Areas for temporary storage of hazardous materials such as contaminated liquid and solid materials shall be approved by the supervisor and appropriate local and/or relevant national or local authorities before the commencement of work. Disposal of such waste shall be in existing, approved sites.
Quarries and Borrow Areas
23. The Contractor shall obtain appropriate licenses/permits from relevant authorities to operate quarries or borrow areas. The location of quarries and borrow areas shall be subject to review and approval by relevant local and national authorities.
24. New extraction sites:
a) Shall not be located less than 1km from settlement areas, archaeological areas, cultural sites – including churches and cemeteries, wetlands or any other valued ecosystem component, or on high or steep ground.
b) Shall not be located in water bodies, or adjacent to them, as well as to springs, wells, well fields.
c) Shall not be located in or near forest reserves, natural habitats or national parks.
d) Shall be designed and operated in the perspective of an easy and effective rehabilitation. Areas with minimal vegetation cover such as flat and bare ground, or areas covered with grass only or covered with shrubs less than 1.5m in height, are preferred.
e) Shall have clearly demarcated and marked boundaries to minimize vegetation clearing and safety hazards for third parties.
25. Vegetation clearing shall be restricted to the area required for safe operation of construction work. Vegetation clearing shall not be done more than two months in advance of operations.
26. Stockpile areas shall be located in areas where trees or other natural obstacles can act as buffers to prevent dust pollution, and generally at a distance from human settlements. Wind shall be taken into consideration when siting stockpile areas. Perimeter drains shall be built around stockpile areas.
27. The Contractor shall deposit any excess material in accordance with the principles of these guidelines, and any applicable ESMP, in areas approved by local authorities and/or the supervisor.
Rehabilitation of Work and Camp Sites
28. Topsoil shall be stripped, removed and stored for subsequent rehabilitation. Soils shall not be stripped when they are wet. Topsoil shall not be stored in large or high heaps. Low mounds of no more than 1 to 2m high are recommended.
29. Generally, rehabilitation of work and camp sites shall follow the following principles:
To the extent practicable, reinstate natural drainage patterns where they have been altered or impaired.
Remove toxic materials and dispose of them in designated sites. Backfill excavated areas with soils or overburden that is free of foreign material that could pollute groundwater and soil.
Ensure reshaped land is formed so as to be stable, adequately drained and suitable for the desired long-term land use, and allow natural regeneration of vegetation.
Minimize erosion by wind and water both during and after the process of reinstatement.
Compacted surfaces shall be deep ripped to relieve compaction unless subsurface conditions dictate otherwise.
Management of Water Needed for Construction Purposes
30. The Contractor shall at all costs avoid conflicting with water needs of local communities. To this effect, any temporary water abstraction for construction needs from either ground or surface water shall be submitted to the following community consultation process:
Identification of water uses that may be affected by the planned water abstraction,
Consultation with all identified groups of users about the planned water abstraction,
In the event that a potential conflict is identified, report to the supervising authority.
This consultation process shall be documented by the Contractor (minutes of meeting) for review and eventual authorization of the water withdrawal by the Client’s supervisor.
31. Abstraction of both surface and underground water shall only be done with the consultation of the local community as mentioned and after obtaining a permit from the relevant authority.
32. Abstraction of water from wetlands is prohibited.
33. Temporary damming of streams and rivers shall be subject to approval by the appropriate water regulatory authority. It shall be done in such a way as to avoid disrupting water supplies to communities downstream, and to maintain the ecological balance of the river system.
34. No construction water containing spoils or site effluent, especially cement and oil, shall be allowed to flow into natural water drainage courses. Similarly, wash water from washing out of equipment shall not be discharged into water courses or road drains. Washing bays shall be sited accordingly. Unless site conditions are not favorable, it should be filtered through soakaways/ pits or similar filtering medium.
35. Site spoils and temporary stockpiles shall be located away from the drainage system, and surface run off shall be directed away from stockpiles to prevent erosion and pollution.
Traffic Management and Community Safety
36. Location of temporary access roads shall be done in consultation with the local community and based on the screening results, especially in important or sensitive environments. Temporary access roads shall not traverse wetland areas or other ecologically sensitive areas. The construction of any access roads shall be submitted to a prior consultation process with potentially affected communities that will have to be documented (minutes of meetings) for review and approval by the appropriate LG entity.
37. Upon the completion of civil works, all temporary access roads shall be ripped and rehabilitated.
38. Measures shall be taken to suppress dust emissions generated by Project traffic.
39. Maximum speed limits for any traffic related with construction at LGMSD Project sites shall conform to Ugandan regulations or any others put in place for the purposes of execution of works in a safe environment.
Salvaging and Disposal of Obsolete Components Found by Rehabilitation Works
40. Obsolete materials and construction elements such as electro-mechanical equipment, pipes, accessories and demolished structures shall be salvaged and disposed of in a manner approved by the supervisor and in conformity with the disposal regulations in force. The Contractor wiill agree with the supervisor which elements are to be surrendered to the Client’s premises, which will be recycled or reused, and which will be disposed of through approved disposal processes or landfill sites.
41. Any asbestos cement material that might be uncovered when performing rehabilitation works will be considered as as hazardous material and disposed of at a designated facility.
Compensation of Damage to Property
42. Compensation of land acquired permanently for Project purposes will be handled under Client responsibility based on the provisions of the RPF. However, in the event that the Contractor, deliberately or accidentally, damages property, he shall repair the property to the owner’s satisfaction and at his own cost. For each repair, the Contractor shall obtain from the owner/user a certificate that the damage has been made good satisfactorily in order to indemnify the Client from subsequent claims.
43. In any case where compensation for inconveniences, damage of crops etc. are claimed by the owner, the Client has to be informed by the Contractor through the supervisor.
Contractor’s Health, Safety and Environment Management Plan (HSE-MP)
44. Within 6 weeks of signing the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare an HSE-MP to ensure the adequate management of the health, safety, environmental and social aspects of the works, including implementation of the requirements of these general conditions and any specific requirements of an ESMP for the works. The Contractor’s EHS-MP will serve two main purposes:
45. The Contractor’s HSE-MP shall provide at least:
a description of procedures and methods for complying with these general environmental management conditions, and any specific conditions specified in an ESMP;
a description of specific mitigation measures that will be implemented in order to minimize adverse impacts;
a description of all planned monitoring activities and the reporting thereof; and
the internal organizational, management and reporting mechanisms put in place for such.
46. The Contractor’s HSE-MP will be reviewed and approved by the Client before start of the works. This review should demonstrate if the Contractor’s HSE-MP covers all of the identified impacts, and has defined appropriate measures to counteract any potential impacts.
HSE Reporting
47. The Contractor shall prepare bi-monthly progress reports to the Client on compliance with these general conditions, the sub-project ESMP if any, and his own HSE-MP. The Contractor’s reports will include information on:
HSE management actions/measures taken, including approvals sought from local or national authorities;
Problems encountered in relation to HSE aspects (incidents, including delays, cost consequences, etc. as a result thereof);
Non-compliance with contract requirements on the part of the Contractor;
Changes of assumptions, conditions, measures, designs and actual works in relation to HSE aspects; and
Observations, concerns raised and/or decisions taken with regard to HSE management during site meetings.
48. The reporting of any significant HSE incidents shall be done as soon as practicable. Such incident reporting shall therefore be done individually. The Contractor should keep his own records on health, safety and welfare of persons, and damage to property. It is advisable to include such records, as well as copies of incident reports, as appendixes to the bi-monthly reports. Details of HSE performance will be reported to the Client.
Training of Contractor’s Personnel
49. The Contractor shall provide sufficient training to it’s own personnel to ensure that they are all aware of the relevant aspects of these general conditions, any project ESMP, and it’s own HSE-MP, and are able to fulfill their expected roles and functions. Specific training will be provided to those employees that have particular responsibilities associated with the implementation of the HSE-MP. Training activities will be documented for potential review by the Client.
50. Amongst other issues, training will include an awareness session for all employees on HIV-AIDS addressing the following topics:
What is HIV/AIDS?
How is HIV/AIDS contracted?
HIV/AIDS prevention.
ANNEX IV: Summary of the World Bank Operarational Policies
|OP 4.01 Environmental | | |
|assessment |The objective of the policy is to ensure the projects|Depending on the project, and nature of impacts a range of |
| |financed by the Bank are sound and sustainable, and |instruments can be used: EIA, environmental audit, hazard or |
| |decision making be improved through an appropriate |risk assessment and environmental management plan (EMP).When a |
| |analysis of actions and of their potential |project is likely to have sectoral or regional impacts, |
| |environmental impacts. This policy is triggered if a |sectoral or regional EA is required. |
| |project is likely to have environmental risks and | |
| |impacts (adverse) on its area of influence. OP 4.01 |The project has prepared an ESMF to assess and mitigate |
| |covers the environmental impacts (nature air, water |potential adverse environmental and social impacts of |
| |and land); human health and security; physical |sub-projects. |
| |cultural resources; as well as trans-boundary and | |
| |global environmental problems. | |
|OP 4.04 Natural Habitats |This policy recognizes that the conservation of |This policy is triggered by any type of project (including any |
| |natural habitats is essential for long-term |sub-project under sectoral investment regime or intermediary |
| |sustainable development. The Bank, therefore, |funding) that have the potential to cause some important |
| |supports the protection, maintenance, and |conversion (loss) or degradation of natural habitats, whether |
| |rehabilitation of natural habitats in its project |directly (by the construction) or indirectly (by human |
| |financing, as well as policy dialogue and analytical |activities triggered by the project). |
| |work. The Bank supports, and expects the Borrowers to| |
| |apply, a precautionary approach to natural resource |In the LGMSDP ctivities that could have adverse impacts on |
| |management to ensure opportunities for |natural habitats will not be funded. |
| |environmentally sustainable development. | |
|OP 4.36 Forests |The objective of this policy is to help borrowers |This policy is triggered each time an investment project |
| |exploit the potential of forests in order to curb |financed by the Bank: (i) has the potential to cause health |
| |poverty in a sustainable manner, efficiently |impacts and the quality of forests or the rights and the well |
| |integrate forests in sustainable economic development|being of the people and their dependency level with the |
| |and protect vital local and global environmental |interaction with forests; or (ii) aims at bringing some change |
| |services and forest values. Where forest restoration |in the uses of natural forests or plantations. |
| |and plantations are needed inorder to achieve these | |
| |objectives, the Bank helps borrowers in forest |LGMSD activities that will adversely affect the quality of the |
| |restoration activities in order to maintain or |forests or bring in some change in the management will not be |
| |develop biodiversity and the operation of ecosystems.|financed. |
| |The Bank helpsborrowers in the ceation of forest | |
| |plantations appropriate from the environmental | |
| |viewpoint and socially beneficial and economically | |
| |sound in order to help meet the growing forests’ | |
| |needs and services | |
|OP 4.09 Pest Management |The objective of this policy is to promote the use of|The policy is triggered if procurement of pesticides is |
| |biological or environmental control methods and |envisaged (either directly through the project or indirectly |
| |reduce reliance on synthetic chemical pesticides. In |through on-lending); if the project may affect pest management |
| |Bank-financed agricultural operations, pest |in a way that harm could be done, even though the project is |
| |populations are normally controlled through |not envisaged to procure pesticides. This includes projects |
| |Integrated Pest Management (IPM) approaches. In |that may lead to substantially increased pesticide use and |
| |Bank-financed public health projects, the Bank |subsequent increase in health and environmental risks; and |
| |supports controlling pests primarily through |projects that may maintain or expand present pest management |
| |environmental methods. The policy further ensures |practices that are unsustainable. |
| |that health and environmental hazards associated with| |
| |pesticides are minimized. The procurement of |The project will not fund any sub-projects that increase the |
| |pesticides in a Bank-financed project is contingent |use of pesticides. |
| |on an assessment of the nature and degree of | |
| |associated risk, taking into account the proposed use| |
| |and the intended user. | |
|OP 4.11 Cultural property |The objective of this policy is the help countries |This policy applies to all projects included in category A or B|
| |avoid or reduce the adverse impacts of development |of the Environmental assessment scheduled in OP4.01. |
| |projects on physical cultural resources. In order to | |
| |implement such policy, the word “physical cultural |LGMSDP activities that are likely to have adverse impacts on |
| |resources” means movable and unmovable objects, |cultural property will not be financed. |
| |sites, structures, natural’s aspects of landscapes | |
| |that have an importance form the archeological, | |
| |paleontoligic, historic, architectural, religious, | |
| |aesthetic or other. Physical cultural resources could| |
| |be found in urban or rural areas, as well as both in | |
| |the open air, under the ground and in the sea also. | |
|OP 4.10 Indigenous |The objective of the policy is (i): ensure that the | |
|populations |development process encourages full respect of | |
| |dignity, human rights and cultural features of |The policy is triggered when the project affects indigenous |
| |indigenous people; (ii) ensure they do not suffer |people (with the characteristics described in OP 4.10) in the |
| |from the detrimental effects during the development |area covered by the project. |
| |process; and ensure indigenous people reap economic | |
| |and social advantages compatible with their culture. |The project will not fund any activities that are likely to |
| | |have negative impacts on indigenous peoples. |
|OP 4.12 Involuntary |The objective of this policy is to avoid or minimize | |
|Resettlement |involuntary resettlement where feasible, exploring |This policy is triggered not only if physical relocation |
| |all viable alternative project designs. Furthermore, |occurs, but also by any loss of land resulting in: relocation |
| |it intends to assist displaced persons in improving |or loss of shelter; loss of assets or access to assets; loss of|
| |their former living standards; it encourages |income sources or means of livelihood, whether or not the |
| |community participation in planning and implementing |affected people must move to another location. |
| |resettlement; and to provide assistance to affected | |
| |people, regardless of the legality of title of land. |The project has prepared an RPF to be implemented in the event |
| | |that a sub-project involves land acquisition. |
|OP 4.37 Dams security |The objectives of this policy are established as |The policy is triggered when the Bank finances (i) a project |
| |follows: For new dams, ensure the design and |involving the building of a big dam (15 m of height or more) |
| |supervision are done by experienced and competent |or a dam presenting great hazard; and (ii) a project depending |
| |professionals; for existing ones, ensure that any dam|on another existing dam. For small dams, general safety |
| |that can influence the project performance is |measures designed by qualified engineers are appropriate. |
| |identified, an assessment of the dam security |The project will not fund any dams. |
| |conducted, and the other required safety measures and| |
| |corrective measures implemented. | |
|OP 7.50 Projects |The objective of this policy is to operate in such a | |
|implemented on |way as the projects financed by the Bank affecting |This policy s triggered if (a) |
|international waterways |the international watercourses do not affect: (i) the|A river, a channel, lake or any other watercourse located |
| |relationships between the Bank and her borrowers and |between two states, or a river or a surface river discharging |
| |between States (members or non members of the Bank); |into a river located in one or two states, be they members of |
| |and (ii) the international watercourses are used and |the World Bank or not |
| |efficiently protected. |(b) a river branch which is a component of a watercourse |
| | |descried under item (a); recognized to be a necessary |
| |The policy applies to the following project types: |communication channel between the ocean and the other states, |
| |(a) hydro electric, irrigation, flood control, |and any river discharging into these waters and (c) a bay, |
| |drainage, water collection, industrial and other |strait, or channel bound by two states or more or flowing in an|
| |projects involving the use or potential pollution of |unknown state. |
| |international watercourses, and (b) detailed studies| |
| |for project design under item (a) above quoted |The project will not affect international waters. |
| |including those carried out by the Bank in her | |
| |position of implementation agency or else. | |
|OP 7.60 Projects located |The objective of this policy is to operate in such a |This policy is triggered if the project proposed is located in |
|in contentious zones |way that problems experienced by projects in |a «contentious area». |
| |contentious areas are tackled as early as possible so| |
| |that: (a) the relationships between the Bank and |The project will not fund sub-projects in disputed areas. |
| |member countries are not affected; (b) the | |
| |relationships between the borrower and neighbors are | |
| |not affected; and either the Bank or concerned | |
| |countries do not suffer any damage because of this | |
| |situation. | |
ANNEX V: Sample EIA Terms of Reference
Introduction and Context
This part will be completed at time and will include necessary information related to the context and methodology to carry out the study.
Objectives of study
This section will indicate (i) the objectives and the project activities; (ii) the activities that may cause environmental and social negative impacts and needing adequate mitigation measures.
Mission /Tasks
The consultant should realize the following:
• Describe the biophysical characteristics of the environment where the project activities will be realized; and underline the main constraints that need to be taken into account at the field preparation, during the implementation and exploitation/maintenance of equipments.
• Assess the potential environmental and social impacts related to project activities and recommend adequate mitigation measures, including costs estimation.
• Assess the need for solidand liquid waste management and suggest recommendation for their safe disposal, including safe disposal of asbestos,
• Review alternative more cost-effective and environmentally and socially friendlier options for achieving the same objectives,
• Review policy, legal and institutional framework, at national and international level, related to the environment and identify the constraints for best practices in management with appropriate recommendations for improvements,
• Identify responsibilities and actors for the implementation of proposed mitigation measures,
• Assess the capacity available to implement the proposed mitigation measures, and suggest recommendations in terms of training and capacity building and estimate their costs,
• Develop an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the project. The EMP should underline (i) the potential environmental and social impacts resulting from project activities (ii) the proposed mitigation measures; (iii) the institutional responsibilities for implementation; (iv) the monitoring indicators; (v) the institutional responsibilities for monitoring and implementation of mitigation measures; (vi) the costs of activities; and (vii) the implementation schedule,
• Public consultations: The EIA results and the proposed mitigation measures will be discussed with populations,NGOs, local administration and other organisations impacted by the project activities. Recommendations from this public consultation will be include in the final EIA report.
Plan of the EIA Report
- Cover page
- Table of contents
- List of acronyms
- Executive summary
- Introduction
- Description of project activities
- Description of environment in the project area
- Description of policy, legal and institutional framework
- Description of methodology and techniques used in the assessment and analyses of project impacts,
- Description of environmental and social impacts of project activities,
- Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the project including the proposed mitigation measures; the institutional responsibilities for implementation; the monitoring indicators; the institutional responsibilities for monitoring and implementation of mitigation; Summary table for EMP
- Recommendations
- References
- List of persons / institutions met
Qualification of the Consultant
The Consultant will be agreed by the LGIs in consultation with NEMA.
Duration of Study
The duration of study will be determined according to the type of activity.
Production of Final Report
The consultant will produce the final report one (1) week after receiving comments from the LGI.
Supervision of Study
The consultancy will be supervised by the Environmental Focal Points and the NEMA
ANNEX VI: FORMAT FOR THE ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ESMP) FOR THE SUB-PROJECTS FUNDED BY THE PROGRAM
|Project Activities |Potential |Mitigation Measures |Responsibility for |Responsibility for |Time Horizons |Cost Estimates |
| |Impacts | |implementing Mitigation |monitoring | |(US$) |
| | | |Measures |implementation of the | | |
| | | | |mitigation measures | | |
|Component | | | | | | |
|-Construction of |Soil erosion, |Application of |Contractors | District/Municipal |Ongoing |Included in |
|buildings |loss of |Environmental | |Engineer & | |contracts |
| |vegetation, soil|Guidelines for | |District/Municipal | | |
| |and water |Contractors | |Environment Officer | | |
| |pollution | | |D/M CDO | | |
| | | | | | | |
| |Loss of land |Implementation of the|CAO/TC & | |As required |As per value of |
| |and/or |RPF |District/Municipal | | |property and |
| |livelihoods | |Community Development | | |resettlement |
| | | |Officer (D/MCDO | | |expenses |
| | | | | | | |
|-Construction of |Soil erosion, |Application of |Contractors |District Medical Officer|Ongoing |Included in |
|Health Centers |loss of |Environmental | |of Health & | |contracts |
| |vegetation, soil|Guidelines for | |District/Municipal | | |
| |and water |Contractors | |Environment Officer | | |
| |pollution | | |- Do - | | |
| | | | | | | |
| |Generation of |Implementation of |District Medical Officer | |As required |Included in project|
| |medical waste |relevant sections of |of Health & | | |costs |
| | |Medical Waste Plan |District/Municipal | | | |
| | | |Environment Officer |CAO/TC & D/MCDO | | |
| | |Implementation of the|D/MCDO | | | |
| | |RPF | | |As required | |
| |Loss of land | | | | |Allocations from LG|
| |and/or | | | | |local revenue |
| |livelihoods | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
|-Roads |Soil erosion, |Application of |Contractors |District/Municipal |Ongoing |Included in |
| |loss of |Environmental | |Engineer & | |contracts |
| |vegetation, soil|Guidelines for | |District/Municipal | | |
| |and water |Contractors | |Environment | | |
| |pollution | | |OfficerD/MCDO | | |
| | | | | | | |
| |Loss of land |Implementation of the|D/MCDO | |As required |Alocations from LG |
| |and/or |RPF | | | |local revenue |
| |livelihoods | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
|-Water Supply & |Soil erosion, |Application of |Contractors |District Water Officer &|Ongoing |Included in |
|Sanitation |loss of |Environmental | |District/Municipal | |contracts |
| |vegetation, soil|Guidelines for | |Environment officer | | |
| |and water |Contractors | | | | |
| |pollution | | | | | |
| | |Application of |District Water Officer | | | |
| | |Environmental | |D/MCDO | | |
| | |Guidelines for Rural | | | | |
| | |Water Supply & | | | | |
| | |Sanitation | | | | |
| | |Sub-Projects | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | |Implementation of the|D/MCDO | | | |
| |Loss of land |RPF | | | | |
| |and/or | | | |As required | |
| |livelihoods | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| |Increase in | | | | | |
| |malaria and | | | | | |
| |other | | | | | |
| |water-borne | | | | | |
| |diseases | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
|Component: | | | | | | |
|Capacity Buidling | | | | | | |
|i)ENR management & | | | | | |US$8,584,800 |
|mainstreaming in LGs| | | | | | |
|ii)ENR monitoring | | | | | | |
ANNEX VII: The National Medical Waste Management Plan
Recommended Health Care Waste Management System
Brief Description of the Recommended System
The recommended waste management system should aim at:
• Avoidance or minimization of secondary impacts from the disposal system
• Prevention of human access and scavenging activities
• Control of contamination of land, air or water
• Avoidance of disease vectors (insects, rodents etc.)
As described in the Inception Report /ref. 15/, the recommended Scenario 1 includes the
following ways of handling different types of health care waste:
Table 3.1: Recommended HCW Handling System
|HealthCare waste category |Handling system |
|Pharmaceutical /Chemical waste + Genotoxic waste, heavy |Collected from all HC’s; transported to one HCRW treatment facility at national |
|metals etc. |level. The waste will be treated in a modern, sophisticated incineration |
| |facility. |
|Infectious waste, sharps |Collection from all HC’s and treatment at brick incinerators at district / |
| |regional hospitals |
|Pathological waste |All HC’s: Placenta pits for body parts etc. |
| |Burning of other pathological waste in brick incinerators at district and |
| |regional hospitals |
|General waste / Deactivated HCRW |On-site burning/ burial or disposal at dump site/ landfill |
Separation and intermediate storage of HCW:
Appropriate waste containers and packaging material will be provided for all health centres. Proper source segregation and intermediate storage will be implemented at all health centres.
For the safe segregation and collection of the different waste, the following types of containers and packaging material are needed:
• Sharps containers to be provided should be safe, secure containers with lids, with access for putting in the sharps, but stopping retrieval of the disposed waste. The containers should be disposed of together with the sharps.
• The containers for the rest of HCW be reusable and have lockable leak proof lids with clear labelling areas. The containers should be supplied with plastic liners to make disposal of wastes safe for handlers.
A detailed description of containers and packaging material recommended for this purpose is attached as Appendix 1.
Transport and treatment:
Infectious waste and sharps will be collected from all health centres and transported for treatment in brick incinerators at district level. Some pathological waste (placentas, body parts etc.) will be disposed off in placenta pits at individual health centres. Other pathological waste will be treated in brick incinerators at district level.
A central national treatment facility for pharmaceutical and other special HCRW will be established. This facility should have sufficient capacity to treat pharmaceutical waste from all of Uganda. Waste from all health centres nationwide will be collected at district level and from there transported to this treatment facility. The operation of the treatment and transport system will be organised and controlled directly by Ministry of Health or tendered out to a private operator/operators and controlled and regulated by MOH and NEMA.
Final Disposal:
General waste similar to town council/municipal waste will be burned and/or buried within the premises of the health centres or transported for disposal at town council/municipal dumpsites/landfills.
Technical Requirements
Waste segregation and packaging
Segregation and packaging of health care waste generated from all the health care establishments in Uganda should be preferably be standardised and implemented as follows:
Table 3.2: Recommended colour-coding for health care waste (WHO)
|Type of waste |Colour of container and markings |Type of container |
|Highly infectious waste |Yellow, marked “HIGHLY INFECTIOUS” |Reusable plastic container lined with |
| | |strong leak-proof plastic bag capable of |
| | |being incinerated |
|Other infectious waste, pathological and |Yellow |Reusable plastic container lined with |
|anatomical waste | |strong leak-proof plastic bag capable of |
| | |being incinerated |
|Sharps |Yellow, marked “SHARPS” |Puncture proof container |
|Chemical and pharmaceutical waste |Brown |Leak-proof bag or container |
|General health care waste |Black |Container lined with plastic bag |
Waste packaging:
Where treatment and disposal of HHCW will not take place on-site, packaging of the segregated wastes shall be implemented twice including primary packaging which takes place where waste is generated and secondary packaging which takes place at the storage for transportation. Primary packaging of hazardous healthcare waste should be in leak-proof and disposable bags or containers, while secondary packaging should be in leak-proof solid containers for easy transport. Containers for sharps must be puncture-proof and should not be made of glass.
Examples on containers to be used are described in Appendix 1.
Collection, transport and storage of waste
Collection:
Waste bags are tightly closed or sealed when they are about but not more than three-quarters full. The waste bags shall be collected daily (or as frequently as required) and transported to the designated storage site.
Sealed sharps containers should be placed in a labeled, yellow infectious health-care waste bag before removal from the hospital ward or department.
Storage:
At all HC’s, a storage facility for waste should be suitably sited, lockable, hygienic and appropriately sign-posted to store the segregated HCW until the waste is picked up for treatment at the HC or for transport to another facility for external treatment.
Conceptual designs of storage facilities are attached in Appendix 2.
On-site transport:
Each of the major HCs (e.g. district and regional hospitals) shall be equipped with one (or more as necessary) trolley or push-cart for on-site transport of the generated HCW. The trolleys or push-carts should be designed to prevent leakage, be easily cleaned and minimize manual handling, and have a solid base to contain spills.
Examples of feasible trolleys / pushcarts are shown in Appendix 3.
Off-site transport:
For each district a special closed vehicle should be purchased for safe and separate transport of HCW for treatment. In general the waste should be packed in sealed bags or containers to prevent spilling during handling and transportation. The containers should be robust to with stand vibrations and changes in temperature during transportation. Examples of suitable vehicles for off-site transportation are shown in appendix 3.
Treatment of HCRW at a National Level Incineration Plant
HCRW generated at all HCs shall be treated and disposed of properly at appropriate facilities. Pharmaceutical / chemical waste and genotoxic waste, heavy metals etc. will be collected from all health centres and transported to one high standard treatment facility at national level. The arrangement of such incineration plant, including support facilities and infrastructure is described below. The overall layout and conceptual design of the central treatment facility is described in Appendix 5.
The following elements will be part of the incineration facility irrespective of the actual location.
Plot:
Depending on the available land, the arrangement of the incineration facility may vary. However, a more or less square plot of 2,500 m2 (50 times 50 meter) is needed for the facility. The facility could preferably be located next to a large hospital (even within the premises of the hospital if there is sufficient land). Alternatively, the facility could be located next to a disposal area for final disposal of treatment residues. Both options or their combination would improve logistics and thereby save money.
The plot should be fenced by a min. 2 meter high fence, provided with a 5 meter wide gate.
The HCRW incineration plant:
The incineration plant shall be tendered on the basis of the “Turnkey” principle, i.e. the Tender shall include all designs, services, materials, Contractor’s equipment and plant necessary for a successful completion and functioning of the works, whether or not such designs, services, materials, Contractor’s equipment and plant are specifically indicated in the specifications or on the incineration plant drawings. Due to the complexity of the incineration plants it is recommended that the contracts should be internationally tendered with a clause for joint venture or training of a Ugandan company.
The Turnkey Contractor shall be solely responsible for design, implementation and subsequent function of the project based on the performance specifications given in the tender documents.
The contract shall include the following:
• The detailed design, manufacturing, transportation, installation, erection, completion, testing, commissioning and handing over of the incinerator plant including all electrical and mechanical installations.
• Support to a Ugandan maintenance company for a period of 48 months after taking over.
• A service visit 1 time each year in the defects liability period (2 years).
Further, an option to the contract shall include the following:
• An operation and maintenance contract, according to which the Contractor is fully responsible for the proper operation and maintenance of the incineration plant for a period of 2 years. Within this period, the Contractor will - in parallel with the operation – train the staff of the Client in the proper operation and maintenance of the facility.
The above conditions will ensure that the plant is properly tested and fully operational before handover.
Draft specifications for the Incineration Plant to be included in the Tender Documents are attached in Appendix 6.
Building for the incineration plant:
The building for the incineration plant must have an area of 10 x 20 meter. The one end must be provided with a 5 meter wide and 6 meter high steel gate. Walls will be brick walls provided with large ventilation openings below the roof. The roof will be made of corrugated steel plates on steel frames.
The floor will be made of concrete and designed for heavy load. The floor must be provided with foundations for the incineration plant in accordance with the instructions of the incineration plant supplier.
Foundation for the chimney:
Outside the one end of the incineration plant building, a concrete foundation for the chimney must be established in accordance with the instructions of the incineration plant supplier.
Additional service building:
A 20 meter long and 5 meter wide service building will be established in connection with the one side of the building for the incineration plant. The service building will house a control room for the operation of the incineration plant and toilets and showers for the plant operators. Furthermore, the service building will include a room for a maintenance workshop and spare parts storage.
Administration building:
A separate building will include an office for the plant manager and his assistant. Furthermore, this building will include a laboratory for sample taking and measurements of emissions etc. The building will include a toilet.
HCRW Storage:
A 50 m2 separate building will be used as a buffer storage for HCRW received from various health centres throughout the country. The waste will be put here in adequate containers until it can be treated at the incineration plant. The building will be made of normal brickwork, supplied with large ventilation grids below the roof. The roof will be made of corrugated steel plates. A 2-meter wide door for access of small containers etc will be included.
Washing area:
A 5 x 5 meter reinforced concrete slab will be established in a corner of the pavement for washing of containers.
Guardhouse:
A 10 m2 guardhouse will be established at the entrance to the facility. Each load of waste arriving at the facility will be checked at the entrance.
Internal roads and squares:
The internal roads and squares connecting the individual buildings will be paved with asphalt, designed for heavy load. Furthermore, the car park in front of the administration building will be paved with asphalt.
External supply:
Water Supply
The Incineration Plant is assumed to be supplied with fresh water (drinking water quality) by extension of the piped water supply from the National Water and Sewerage Supply grid. Sewerage facilities will be provided and treatment for wastewater will be carried out at the landfill site
Electricity
Electricity for the Incineration Plant will be from the main grid.
Treatment of HCRW at Brick Incinerators at District level
Infectious waste and sharps and some pathological waste will be collected from all HC’s and transported for treatment at brick incinerators at Health Sub district and district / regional hospitals. The arrangement of such brick incineration plant, including support facilities and infrastructure is described below. The overall layout and design of such brick incineration facilities is described in Appendix 7.
The following elements will be part of the brick incineration facilities irrespective of their actual location.
Plot:
Depending on the available land, the arrangement of the incineration facility may vary. However, a more or less square plot of approximately 1,000 m2 is needed for the facility. The facility could preferably be located near a large hospital. Alternatively, the facility could be located next to a disposal area for final disposal of treatment residues. Both options or their combination would improve logistics and thereby save money.
The plot should be fenced by a min. 2 meter high fence, provided with a 5 meter wide gate.
The brick incineration plants:
The incineration plants for Regional and district hospitals shall be of the Model Incinerator developed by Ministry of Health (“Mubende” incinerator) and the Mark 3 – De Montfort type with a capacity to handle wastes of 50kg/hour approximately 100 tons per year. It is recommended that the two types be piloted fully integrated with the proper handling and segregation, proper procurement/construction of the incinerators and proper operation and maintenance. In line with the implementation strategy outlined in section 4 it is recommended that the “Mubende” incinerator is piloted in Masaka and Kabale district while the Mark 3 – De Montfort type is piloted in Arua and Mbale districts.
Draft tender documents for the brick incineration plants are attached in Appendix 8.
Roof covering the brick incinerators:
The brick incinerators should be protected against the weather by a roof. A simple roof should be made of corrugated steel plates supported by 4 steel columns. The area of the roof should be at least 5 x 5 meter.
Service building:
A 20 meter long and 5 meter wide service building will be established in connection with the one side of the building for the incineration plant. The service building will house a control room for the operation of the incineration plant and toilets and showers for the plant operators. Furthermore, the service building will include a room for a maintenance workshop and spare parts storage.
Office building:
A separate building will include an office for the plant manager. Furthermore, this building should include a bathroom with toilet and shower.
HCRW Storage:
A 20 m2 separate building will be used as a buffer storage for HCRW received from various health centres throughout the district. The waste will be put here in adequate containers until it can be treated at the brick incinerator. The building will be made of normal brickwork, supplied with large ventilation grids below the roof. The roof will be made of corrugated steel plates.
Washing area:
A 5 x 5 meter reinforced concrete slab will be established in a corner of the pavement for washing of containers.
External supply:
Water Supply
Reliable water supplies are not available in some hospitals. In the case of incinerators installed at hospitals where the water supplies are inadequate provisions for water supplies have to be made. In cases where the incinerators are off the hospital sites special provisions for water supplies will be provided.
Electricity
In areas where the main grid is available the electricity extensions will be made for lighting around the incinerators. For areas without the main grid provisions for solar lighting will be made.
Final Disposal of Treatment Residues
Slags and other remains from the national level treatment facility and from the brick incinerators at district level should be disposed of in a controlled way at appropriate dumpsites / landfills. If no suitable disposal facilities are available, this waste may be buried within the premises of the treatment facilities.
Disposal site for national level incinerator:
It is assumed that the disposal site would cover an area of approximately 1,200 m2 (30 x 40 meter). With an average depth of 3 m below surface, this will provide a total landfill volume in the order of 2,300 m3. Furthermore, it is assumed that the waste will be provided with a daily cover (10% of waste volume) and a final cover of 1 meter thickness. This leaves an effective volume for waste disposal of 1,300 m3, corresponding to more than 30 years disposal capacity.
The proposed general layout of the disposal site is shown in Appendix 9.
From the beginning of the operation, a limited part of the disposal area (e.g. 300 m2) will be excavated to a depth of approximately 3 meter below surface. Waste disposal can then start at one corner of this area. 50-100 cm thick layers of waste will be built in at the time. Each layer is to be provided with a daily cover of soil. When a total height of 2 meters has been reached, the waste will be covered finally by a 1 meter thick soil layer. Additional disposal area must be excavated in parallel with the infilling and final covering of waste.
A fence surrounding the whole landfill must be established in order to prevent access of unauthorised persons and uncontrolled unloading of waste. The fence should be at least 2 metres high and should be provided with a lockable gate at the entrance.
Treatment and disposal of other waste generated at health care facilities
Placenta pits already established at most HC’s may also be used in future for disposal of anatomical waste for practical and cultural/ religious reasons. In remote areas where health centers have no access to an incinerator these pits could also be used for the disposal of infections waste. Attention should be paid to the siting of the burial pit. The pit should be sited far away from the open water and burial pits should not be sited in areas with a high water table.
The pit should be 1 to 2m wide, 2 to 5 m deep. The bottom of the pit should be lined with clay or low permeable material. An earth mound should be constructed around the mouth to prevent water from entering. A fence should be constructed around the pit to prevent unauthorized entry. The waste should be covered at the end of the day with at least 10cm of soil or a mixture of lime and soil. The pit should be permanently sealed with a soil cover when the waste is with in about 0.5m of the ground surface.
General waste may be burned or buried within the premises of the health centres or it may be transported for controlled disposal at a controlled dumpsite / landfill if such facility exists in the area.
IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY
Assumptions
The following assumptions are recommended be made to ensure the sustainability of an improved HCWM system for Uganda:
1. The Government of Uganda is aware of the situation related to health care waste management in the country and therefore commits itself to support the Ministry of Health to set up and run a HCWM system.
2. The Government of Uganda is aware that the sustainability of a management can only be guaranteed when sufficient budget is allocated for running it. In the case of the improved HCWM system, the Government is well aware of and will cover the costs for running the system through the operational budgets of the health sector.
3. The Ministry of Health commits itself to provide the necessary resources and manpower to set up and start running an improved health care waste management system.
4. The district and regional hospitals will receive health care waste for incineration produced by other health centres (HC II - IV) within the district.
5. The health care staff of the district, being well aware of the situation related to health care waste management, commit themselves to take part in the newly set up HCWM system in order to improve the public health and the environment.
6. After an initial Pilot Phase, the initiated system will be assessed and evaluated, which will result in adjustments and corrective actions if needed.
Phased Implementation
General Phased Implementation Approach
It is recommended to implement the improved HCRW management system in accordance with a phased implementation plan. Firstly, the improved management system represents so many changes to the current practise that it is hard to imagine that such uniform, nationwide system can be implemented in one step in an optimal way. Both the technical solutions and the organisational arrangements will probably need revisions to a certain extent in order to be sustainable and meet the demands. This can only happen in an optimal way if revisions are based on valuable experience that has been gained from a pilot phase. Secondly, considerable costs are related to the establishment and operation of the improved system. Therefore, it is appropriate to level out the investments on a certain period of years and thereby also gradually increase the annual operation and maintenance costs.
The recommended overall timing of the implementation is summarised in Table 3.1. A more detailed implementation plan is shown in Appendix 11.
Table 3.1: Recommended Overall Phased Implementation Schedule
|Implementation Stage |Activity |Time Schedule |
|Preparation Phase |Detailed planning and tendering |2005/6 |
|Phase 1 – |Procurement / construction period |2006 |
|Pilot implementation | | |
| |Operation |2007 – 2010 |
| |Revision of planned nationwide system |2009 |
|Phase 2 – |Revised detailed planning and tendering |2009 |
|Nationwide implementation phase | | |
| |Procurement / construction period |2009 – 2012 |
| |Operation |From 2011 |
|Phase 3 – |Detailed planning and tendering |2012 |
|Redesign and re-investment phase | | |
| |Procurement / construction period |2015 – 2017 |
| |Operation |From 2016 |
Note: Phase 3 is not covered by this project, but represents the recurrent revisions and re-investments to be made in future.
Implementation Activities
Many different activities are related to the successful implementation of the improved HCW management system in Uganda. These activities are briefly described in the following section.
For the timing of the individual activities, reference is made to the draft implementation plan in Appendix 11.
Table 3.2: Implementation Activities
|No. |Activity |
| |Detailed Planning and Tender Phase |
|0.1 |Approval of implementation plan by all key stakeholders: |
| |When the Design Report and the Tender Documents have been prepared it is of great importance to have it approved by all |
| |relevant parties involved in the implementation. Workshops and individual meetings should be held with all involved |
| |institutions at national and local level. For the local level, it may be decided only to include stakeholders from the |
| |selected districts to be included in the pilot implementation phase. |
|0.2 |Selection of sites for facilities: |
| |This includes the site for the national treatment (and disposal) facilities in the area/surroundings of Kampala. Also sites |
| |for district level treatment and disposal facilities must be located in each of the districts involved in the pilot |
| |implementation phase. A comprehensive site selection procedure including execution of EIA’s should be followed in order to |
| |ensure a proper site selection. Regarding the execution of this process, reference is made to the Draft Site Selection |
| |Guideline included in Appendix 10 to this report. |
|0.3 |Review and update of Tender Documents: |
| |After the above consultation with all relevant parties and after execution of the site selection process, the Tender |
| |Documents must be reviewed and updated in order to address the findings from the above activities. |
|0.4 |Tender and contracting period: |
| |Upon approval of the revised Tender Documents, the establishment of facilities and procurement of equipment included in the |
| |pilot implementation phase can be tendered. Open tenders will be held; bids will be evaluated; and contract negotiations |
| |will be held with contractors and suppliers. |
| |Phase 1.1 – Pilot Implementation |
|1.1 |Construction and procurement of facilities and equipment: |
| |Upon start of construction required equipment will be procured through open tendering. |
|1.2 |Establishment of operation and monitoring organisations: |
| |Parallel to the construction the operating and monitoring organisation and where necessary the operational staff/private |
| |organisation recruited/procured. |
|1.3 |Pilot operation of facilities and system: |
| |The contractors for the plant and equipment will during commissioning commence the pilot operation of the system as part of |
| |O-J-Training of staff/private operators in addition to testing the works. |
|1.4 |Education and training of staff at all levels in operation of the system: |
| |The operational staff will receive the necessary training. The monitoring and supervision staff will receive O-J-T support |
| |through Consultancy TA. |
|1.5 |Awareness raising activities in the pilot areas: |
| |Awareness raising among health care staff and public will be carried out through mass media campaigns, posters and other ICE|
| |media. |
|1.6 |Assessment of results from pilot operation: |
| |A continuous assessment will be carried out. A mid term assessment will be carried out at the end of the first year of |
| |operation and adjustments made. A final evaluation will be made in 2006. |
|1.7 |Revision / adjustment of proposed nationwide HCRW management system: |
| |Based on the results of the final evaluation a revised HCWM system will be designed. |
|1.8 |Approval of revised nationwide HCRW management system: |
| |After approval of the revised HCWM system implementation of a nationwide system will commence. |
| |Phase 1.2 – Immediate nationwide Improvement Activities |
|1.9 |Education and training of staff at all HC’s in proper HCW management: |
| |Training for staff for all HCs will commence with the carrying of Regional Training of Trainers who will in turn carry out |
| |the training in the regions for all staff. Training institutions will participate in the training and will be encouraged to |
| |include HCWM in the training of new health care cadres. |
|1.10 |Implementation of containers for proper HCW segregation and handling at all HC’s: |
| |Containers for health care waste management will be procured and provided to all health centres nationwide and proper |
| |handling of wastes within health units promoted. |
|1.11 |Awareness raising activities: |
| |Awareness raising activities through media and posters for the general public will be carried out. |
| |Phase 2 – Nationwide Implementation |
|2.1 |Prepare updated tender documents: |
| |Upon approval of the revised HCWM system new tender documents will prepared. |
|2.2 |Tender and contracting period: |
| |Procurement of services for HCWM will be carried out. |
|2.3 |Construction and procurement of facilities and equipment: |
| |Parallel to procurement of service providers and construction of HCWM facilities, procurement of equipment will be carried |
| |out. |
|2.4 |Establishment of operation and monitoring organisations: |
| |A nationwide operation and maintenance system will be established. Monitoring organisations will be set up to continuously |
| |oversee and ensure the proper operation of the system. |
|2.5 |Operation of nationwide HCRW management system: |
| |Operation of a nationwide HCRW management system will be launched. |
|2.6 |Initial education and training of staff at all levels: |
| |Education and training of all staff will commence with the refresher training of training of trainers who in turn will carry|
| |out the training of all the staff. |
|2.7 |Awareness raising activities: |
| |Continuous awareness training of general public and of health care staff will be carried out. |
|2.8 |Assessment of results from nationwide operation of the system: |
| |After one year of operation an assessment of the system will be carried out. |
|2.9 |Agree on relevant adjustments / changes to nationwide HCRW management system: |
| |Based on the results of the assessments relevant adjustments to the system will be made. |
|2.10 |Implement changes in parallel with re-investments to be made in facilities: |
| |Upon approval of the changes relevant changes including reinvestments in facilities will be made. |
The Scale of the Pilot Implementation
All types of treatment and disposal facilities to be included in the nationwide HCW management system should be tested during the pilot phase in order to obtain experience on how the system and the facilities work at all levels, from the national treatment facility down to the health centres at level II. Thus, a certain minimum scale of implementation is required in the pilot phase to make the system work and to gain the relevant experience.
In addition to the establishment of the national treatment facility, it is recommended to implement the HCW management system in the 4 districts included in the survey carried out during the inception phase of the project. These 4 districts (Arua, Masaka, Kabale and Mbale) are considered representative for all 56 districts in Uganda, apart from the capital - Kampala District.
As it appears from Table 3.3, the number of health centres and hospitals at the 4 districts correspond to 10% of the total number of health centres and hospitals in Uganda. This is considered a suitable scale for the pilot implementation.
Basically, the national treatment facility is supposed to treat pharmaceuticals and chemical wastes that cannot be treated at the district level facilities. However, the amounts of these waste types do not at all occupy the capacity of even the smallest high standard incineration plants available on the market. Anyway, there is a need for at least one national level treatment plant that is capable of treating pharmaceuticals and other health care risk waste. Therefore, in addition to treatment of these waste types, the national treatment plant can also be used for treatment of other types of health care waste generated at hospitals and health centres in the area of Kampala, where the plant is supposed to be located.
Table 3.3: No. of Health Facilities included in the 2 Implementation Phases /ref. 3/
| |Phase 1 |Phase 2 | |
|Health Facilities |Initial implementation |Nationwide |Total |
| | |implementation | |
| |Arua |Masaka |Kabale |Mbale District|Sub-Total |All other districts | |
| |District |District |District | | | | |
On the basis of the figures from Table 3.3, the pilot implementation phase will include the following facilities and equipment:
• 1 national level treatment facility, including a sophisticated incineration plant
• 1 national level disposal facility for treatment residues
• 4 district level treatment facilities, including 4 brick incinerators
• 4 district level disposal facilities for treatment residues
• 255 HCW storage facilities at 10 hospitals and 245 HC’s (level II-IV).
• 1 vehicle for transport of HCRW from all health centres within each district
• 1 vehicle for transport of HCRW from the district stores to the national facility
• Medical wastes containers at all hospitals and health centres involved in the pilot phase
As it appears from Table 3.1 and the draft implementation plan in Appendix 11, the nationwide implementation will not start before year 2008. In order to obtain visible nationwide improvements on the handling of HCW within short time, it is recommended to include some immediate nationwide improvement activities in the pilot phase, although they are not directly linked to the pilot activities. These immediate activities would include education and training of staff at all health facilities in proper sorting and handling of waste. Also public awareness campaigns could help to increase the understanding of the need for proper HCW management among patients and the general public.
These immediate improvement activities require procurement of containers and bags to be used for the internal sorting and handling of HCW at the health facilities all over the country. This equipment will be included in the budget for the pilot phase.
ORGANISATIONAL – INSTITUTIONAL SET-UP
The proper management of healthcare waste depends largely on good administration and organization, with clearly defined responsibilities. Healthcare providers have a “duty of care” for the environment and for public health, and have particular responsibility in relation to the waste they produce. It is important for all concerned to understand that health-care waste management is an integral part of health care, and that creating harm through inadequate waste management reduces the overall benefits of health care.
This principle would mean that the Ministry of Health should be responsible for, among other healthcare responsibilities, organizing a safe and environmentally sound management system for the healthcare waste generated by all hospitals and health centres in the country. The heads of health-care establishments are responsible for health protection and safety at the workplace and should bear legal responsibility for the safe disposal of health-care waste generated in their establishments.
For establishing and running a health care waste management system in the country, it is important that an organization structure be set up at three levels, i.e. at the National level, the District or Regional Level and at the health facility. In order not to establish parallel management structures, the management of the healthcare waste should be accommodated within existing management systems.
National Level
At the national level it is important that all relevant stakeholders are represented in the management and monitoring of the national healthcare waste management plan. These will include Ministry of Health, as the major stakeholder, which will cooperate with other relevant ministries, the private sector, NGOs and professional organisations, as necessary, to ensure implementation of the action plan. For the implementation of the action plan a National HCW Management or Steering Committee with representatives from relevant stakeholders should be formed.
The representation on the committee to include representatives from:
• Ministry of health
• NEMA
• NDA
• Ministry of Local Government
• Ministry of Finance
• Representative Districts
The National Healthcare Waste Management team will be responsible for the start up of the system, including creating awareness, and preparation of a National Action Plan. The national HCWM system should be viewed as a continuous process with periodic monitoring and review by the national HCWM team. The team should carry out audits on the waste management systems, and based on reports of success and deficiencies regularly update the HCWM system, to ensure occupational and public health, as well as cost effectiveness of waste disposal.
Organisation of the District HCW Management
At the district level, a Waste Management Team, WMT, should be organized to take care of the HCW management issues for the whole district. In order not to create new management structures at the district. The District Health Team, DHT, should take over the responsibilities of the proposed WMT. The DDHS should appoint one member of the DHT to be responsible for monitoring the HCWM system in the district, and report to the DHT.
The appointed officer will be responsible for enforcing HCWM regulations and guidelines put in place by the Ministry of Health, and working closely with the Waste Management Officers in the health sub-districts and hospitals to ensure the success of the HCWM system. It is important that the appointed officer works closely with the district environmental officer and the town council/municipal medical officer.
The District Health Team shall be responsible for the following tasks:
• Preparation of HCWM plan for the whole district
• Seeking approval of the district local government of the prepared plan
• Implementation of the prepared plan
• Monitoring the plan implementation
• Review of the plan implementation
• Recommendation for improving the whole plan
• Preparation of periodic reports and reporting to District local Council
The position of the District Health Team in relation to other actors in the process of healthcare waste management is shown in Figure 1.
Organisation of the HCWM at the Health Facilities
Organisation of HCW Management Teams at Hospitals
The proper management of healthcare waste requires active participation by trained and informed staff. The success of any system will depend on the appreciation by hospital management for a proper healthcare waste management system. It is of importance that issues concerning healthcare waste management are discussed at a managerial level, and not left to the discretion of junior staff. The head of the hospital should appoint a waste management team, WMT, in order to develop a waste management plan for the hospital. Where they exist, the role of the WMT could be taken over by the infection control team. At some hospitals which were visited it was noted that the infection control was the responsibility of relatively junior members of staff who do not have the capacity to influence decision making in the hospital, therefore where existing infection control teams are to take over the responsibilities of the WMT, these need to be strengthened to include members of the hospital management team.
In addition to a waste management team, the head of the hospital should appoint a waste management officer, WMO, who will be responsible for the development of the HCWM plan in the hospital and for the day-to-day operation and monitoring of the waste management system. It is essential that the WMO has direct access to all members of the hospital staff and knows how the medical and support staff work in the hospital. The WMO ideally should be neither too senior nor too junior since he/she shall need to devote enough time to the waste management issues, and at the same time he/she shall need to have sufficient experience and influence to make any changes. Normally, at the hospitals the WMO can be the infection control officer.
At the hospital the WMT should comprise the following:
• Management representative;
• Heads of hospital departments, including chief pharmacist;
• Matron (or senior nursing officer);
• Chief accountant;
• Head of housekeeping or cleaning services; and
• WMO
Organisation of HCW Management Teams at Health Centres (health sub-districts)
Health centres II and III are under the management of a sub-district, at HC IV. Although at each health centre there should be a member of staff responsible for the healthcare waste management, these should be under the management of a waste management team at the sub-district. In order to prepare a HCWM plan and to start running the management system, the head of each health sub-district should designate a waste management officer, WMO, with overall responsibility for the development of the HCWM plan in the sub-district, who in turn will appoint officers at the HC IIIs and HC IIs in the sub-district, who will be responsible for the operation and monitoring of the day-to-day operation of the HCWM system at each health centre. The WMO will be responsible for the monitoring of the waste management system in the sub-district and will also act as a focal point with regulatory authorities/agencies concerning enforcement and compliance issues. With the present staffing norms of the different health units in Uganda, the WMO in a sub-district can best be the public health nurse or a Clinical officer.
Organisation and Operation of the Central Health Care Risk Waste Management System
Under the recommended HCWM system, a national incinerator will be provided for the treatment of HCRW which can not be treated at the district incinerators. This will necessitate a nationally organized HCRW collection, storage and transportation system. The Central system should be under the management of Ministry of Health, which can privatize parts of the system, e.g. collection and running the treatment plant, but still retain the responsibility of ensuring the proper implementation of the system.
All HCRW should be collected from the public health centres and stored at the district storage, under the custody of the District Drug Inspector, from where it will be collected and transported to the central facility. The HCRW from hospitals will be collected from the respective hospitals. The privately or NGO operated health centres and pharmacies will be responsible for the transportation of their healthcare risk to the district storage facility, where they will have to pay the costs of destruction of their waste. The privately owned or NGO operated pharmacies and health centres in Kampala district, will be required to enter a service contract for the transportation and destruction of their HCRW at the national facility.
Due to the expected small amounts of HCRW, the national incinerator is expected to treat other HCW from surrounding hospitals and health centres. The collection of this HCW will have to be included in the HCWM system. Privately owned hospitals and health centres will be will be covered under the service contract.
Organisation and Operation of the District Health Care Waste Management System
With decentralization of services the district healthcare waste management system will be operated under the supervision of the district health care authorities, i.e. the DDHS. Since the District Healthcare Waste Management System, i.e. district incinerator, collection and disposal facility, will play a major role in the HCWM system it is important to assess the possible alternatives and make sound recommendations to the Ministry of Health, on the organization and operation of the district facilities.
Several alternatives can be proposed for the organization and operation of the District healthcare waste management system, which will consist of a brick incinerator and disposal site to be constructed at a selected site, waste storage and a dedicated waste collection vehicle.
Alternative 1:
The District HCWM system operates under the waste management team, WMT, of the District Hospital. The organization structure of this alternative is shown in Figure 4.1.
This alternative would allow the WMT of the District Hospital to recruit direct labourers to work with the waste collection and treatment using the district incinerator installed at a selected site. The WMT of the District Hospital will collect waste treatment fees from other Public Health Centres including town/Municipal centres in the district and pay the contracted workers and other necessarily related costs. All privately or NGO operated centres will be required to pay for the proper disposal of their waste.
The advantage of this alternative is that the DHT does not need to devote much time to the waste treatment issue, but confine itself to monitoring the proper operation of the system. However, there are also disadvantages of this option. The management will increase the workload on the hospital administration and the administration of the collected funds may be difficult under the present financial regulations.
Figure 4.1: Alternative 1 proposed for the organization structure and operation of the District HCWM system.
Alternative 2:
The District HCWM system, the collection, treatment and disposal of the waste, will be part of, and operate under, the DDHS office under the management of the DHT. The organization structure of this alternative is shown in Figure 4.2.
With this alternative, DHT will directly supervise the collection of the waste as well as the operation of the treatment and disposal units. The DDHS, through the District Service Board can recruit a group of direct labourers to work at proposed treatment plant as well in the waste collection system. The DHT will also collect waste treatment fees from Privately and NGO operated health centres (indirectly through the help of the DDHS’s Accounting Division) that have waste collected and treated at the treatment site and pay the contracted workers and other necessarily related costs. The DHT can also privatise the running of part or all the HCWM system. If part or all the HCWM system is privatised the DHT retains the responsibility of ensuring the proper implementation of the system.
The advantages of this alternative are that the equity principle can easily be implemented and that the treatment process will easily be monitored. This alternative, however, does also have some disadvantages. The DHT will have to devote more time to the waste treatment issue and the monitoring works might require DHT to have more professional staff.
Figure 4.2: Alternative 2 proposed for the organization structure and operation of the District HCWM system.
Although each of the proposed alternatives proposed for setting up and running a health care waste management system in districts has its own advantages and disadvantages as analysed above, it is recommended that alternative 1 be selected for the system. One of the main reasons for this recommendation is that this alternative would offer better coordination during the implementation of the system.
Costs and FINANCING
Estimated Establishment Costs
The Inception Report /15/ included a first estimate on implementation costs. A more precise estimate has been elaborated on the basis of the draft designs of the system elements (Appendix 1 – 6). Furthermore, the implementation costs are divided in costs related to the pilot implementation phase (Phase 1) and the costs for the further nationwide implementation (Phase 2). The estimated costs for establishment of the systems included in the 2 phases are presented in the two tables below.
Table 5.1: Phase 1 - Establishment Costs for Pilot Implementation
|Pos. No. |Item |Unit costs |No. of units |Total |
| | |(mill. USHS) | |(mill. USHS) |
|1.1 |1 Sophisticated incinerator, with flue gas cleaning |1,720 |1 |1,720 |
| |at national level (Capacity: 80 kg/hour ~ 200 | | | |
| |tons/year) | | | |
|1.2 |Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for |500 |1 |500 |
| |national level incineration facility | | | |
|1.3 |Disposal area for incineration residues, National |25 |1 |25 |
| |level | | | |
|1.4 |Brick incinerators (e.g. De Montfort), capacity: 50 |12 |4 |48 |
| |kg/hour ~ 100 tons/year | | | |
|1.5 |Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for |75 |4 |300 |
| |brick incinerators at 4 districts | | | |
|1.6 |Disposal areas for incineration residues, 4 districts|25 |4 |100 |
|1.7 |Vehicle for transport of HCRW from 4 district stores |56 |1 |56 |
| |to the national facility (collection approx. 4 times | | | |
| |per year) 1 | | | |
|1.8 |Storage facility for HCRW at each HC (separate, |5 |255 |1,275 |
| |locked storage room) | | | |
|1.9 |Vehicles for transport of HCRW from all health |56 |4 |224 |
| |centres within each district (1 vehicle per district)| | | |
|1.10 |Medical wastes containers (nationwide) | | |217 |
|Sub-total |4,465 |
|Contingencies (10%) |447 |
|Phase 1 - Total estimated implementation costs: |4,912 |
Notes: 1: In the pilot phase, the vehicle for collection of HCRW from the 4 districts can also be used for
collection of other HCW from health facilities in the Kampala area to be treated at the national facility.
Table 5.2: Phase 2 – Additional Establishment Costs for Nationwide Implementation
|Pos. No. |Item |Unit costs |No. of units |Total |
| | |(mill. USHS) | |(mill. USHS) |
|2.1 |1 Sophisticated incinerator, with flue gas cleaning |1,720 |0 |0 |
| |at national level (Capacity: 80 kg/hour ~ 200 | | | |
| |tons/year) | | | |
|2.2 |Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for |500 |0 |0 |
| |national level incineration facility | | | |
|2.3 |Disposal area for incineration residues, National |25 |0 |0 |
| |level | | | |
|2.4 |Brick incinerators (e.g. De Montfort), capacity: 50 |12 |52 |624 |
| |kg/hour ~ 100 tons/year | | | |
|2.5 |Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for |75 |52 |3,900 |
| |brick incinerators at district level | | | |
|2.6 |Disposal areas for incineration residues, District |25 |52 |1,300 |
| |level | | | |
|2.7 |Additional vehicle for transport of HCRW from the 56 |56 |1 |56 |
| |district stores to the national facility (collection | | | |
| |approx. 4 times per year) | | | |
|2.8 |Storage facility for HCRW at each HC (separate, |5 |2,278 |11,390 |
| |locked storage room) | | | |
|2.9 |Vehicles for transport of HCRW from all health |56 |52 |2,912 |
| |centres within each district (1 vehicle per district)| | | |
|2.10 |Medical wastes containers | | |0 |
|Sub-total |20,182 |
|Contingencies (10%) |2,018 |
|Phase 2 - Total estimated implementation costs: |22,200 |
Estimated Annual Costs
The Inception Report included a first estimate on total annual costs. A more precise estimate has been elaborated on the basis of the draft designs of the system elements (Appendix 1 – 6). Furthermore, the annual costs are divided in costs related to the pilot implementation phase (Phase 1) and the costs for the further operation of the nationwide system (Phase 2). The estimated annual costs for operation of the systems included in the 2 phases are presented in the tables below.
Table 5.3: Phase 1 – Annual Costs
|Pos. No. |Item |Unit costs |No. of units |Total |
| | |(USHS/year) | |(USHS/year) |
|1.1 |1 sophisticated incinerator, with flue gas cleaning|180,000,000 |1 |180,000,000 |
| |(treatment of approx. 200 tons/year) – Plant O&M | | | |
| |costs | | | |
|1.2 |1 sophisticated incinerator, with flue gas cleaning|430,000,000 |1 |430,000,000 |
| |– Capital costs (25% of investment per year) | | | |
|1.3 |Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for|51,000,000 |1 |51,000,000 |
| |national level incineration facility – O&M costs | | | |
|1.4 |Disposal area for incineration residues, National |3,500,000 |1 |3,500,000 |
| |level – O&M costs | | | |
|1.5 |Mark 3 – De Montfort brick incinerators at district|2,500,000 |4 |10,000,000 |
| |level – O&M costs | | | |
|1.6 |Mark 3 – De Montfort brick incinerators at district|3,000,000 |4 |12,000,000 |
| |level – Capital costs (25% of investment per year) | | | |
|1.7 |Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for|3,018,750 |4 |12,075,000 |
| |district level incineration facilities – O&M costs | | | |
|1.8 |Disposal area for incineration residues, District |3,500,000 |4 |14,000,000 |
| |level – O&M costs (as for Pos. 1.4) | | | |
|1.9 |Transport of HCRW from district stores to national |23,200,000 |1 |23,200,000 |
| |facility (collection 4 times per year) | | | |
|1.10 |Operation and maintenance of storage rooms within |100,000 |255 |25,500,000 |
| |each HC | | | |
|1.11 |Transport of HCRW from all health centres within |11,600,000 |4 |46,400,000 |
| |each district (collection once per week) – | | | |
| |Estimated 50% of Pos. 1.9 | | | |
|1.12 |Containers + packaging materials, nationwide (10% | | |90,000,000 |
| |of containers to be replaced annually sharps | | | |
| |containers to be replenished 100%) | | | |
|Sub-total: |897,675,000 |
|Contingencies (10%): |89,767,500 |
|Total estimated annual O&M costs: |987,442,500 |
Notes: Pos. 1.1: O&M cost estimated at the level of 900,00 USHS/ton (See inception report)
Pos. 1.2: Capital costs: 25% of investment per year:430,000,000 USHS/year
Pos. 1.3: Maintenance: 5% of investment per year: 25,000,000 USHS/year
Salaries (10 workers): 26,000,000 USHS/year
Estimated total annual costs: 51,000,000 USHS/year
Pos. 1.4: O&M: 10% of investment per year: 2,500,000 USHS/year
Salaries (1 worker): 1,000,000 USHS/year
Estimated total annual costs: 3,500,000 USHS/year
Pos. 1.5: Estimated maintenance costs: 1,000,000 USHS/year
Estimated operation costs (fuel + salaries): 1,500,000 USHS/year
Estimated total annual O&M costs: 2,500,000 USHS/year
corresponding to (if operated at max. capacity): 25,000 USHS/ton
Pos. 1.7: Maintenance: 5% of investment per year: 18,750 USHS/year
Salaries (3 workers): 3,000,000 USHS/year
Estimated total annual O&M costs: 3,018,750 USHS/year
Pos. 1.9: Capital costs: 25% of investment per year: 14,000,000 USHS/year
Estimated maintenance costs: 5,600,000 USHS/year
Estimated operation costs (fuel + salaries): 3,600,000 USHS/year
Estimated total costs per vehicle: 23,200,000 USHS/year
In the Pilot Phase, the vehicle is also used for collection of other HCW from health facilities in
the area of Kampala
Table 5.4: Phase 2 – Additional Annual Costs
|Pos. No. |Item |Unit costs |No. of units |Total |
| | |(USHS/year) | |(USHS/year) |
|1.1 |1 sophisticated incinerator, with flue gas cleaning|180,000,000 |0 |0 |
| |(treatment of approx. 200 tons/year) – Plant O&M | | | |
| |costs | | | |
|1.2 |1 sophisticated incinerator, with flue gas cleaning|430,000,000 |0 |0 |
| |– Capital costs (25% of investment per year) | | | |
|1.3 |Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for|51,000,000 |0 |0 |
| |national level incineration facility – O&M costs | | | |
|1.4 |Disposal area for incineration residues, National |3,500,000 |0 |0 |
| |level – O&M costs | | | |
|1.5 |Mark 3 – De Montfort brick incinerators at district|2,500,000 |52 |130,000,000 |
| |level – O&M costs | | | |
|1.6 |Mark 3 – De Montfort brick incinerators at district|3,000,000 |52 |156,000,000 |
| |level – Capital costs (25% of investment per year) | | | |
|1.7 |Infrastructure, buildings and support equipment for|3,018,750 |52 |156,975,000 |
| |district level incineration facilities – O&M costs | | | |
|1.8 |Disposal area for incineration residues, District |3,500,000 |52 |182,000,000 |
| |level – O&M costs (as for Pos. 1.4) | | | |
|1.9 |Transport of HCRW from district stores to national |23,200,000 |1 |23,200,000 |
| |facility (collection 4 times per year) | | | |
|1.10 |Operation and maintenance of storage rooms within |100,000 |2,278 |227,800,000 |
| |each HC | | | |
|1.11 |Transport of HCRW from all health centres within |11,600,000 |52 |603,200,000 |
| |each district (collection once per week) – | | | |
| |Estimated 50% of Pos. 3 | | | |
|1.12 |Containers + packaging materials, nationwide (10% | | |0 |
| |of containers to be replaced annually sharps | | | |
| |containers to be replenished 100%) | | | |
|Sub-total: |1,479,175,000 |
|Contingencies (10%): |147,917,500 |
|Total estimated annual O&M costs: |1,627,092,500 |
Note: Unit costs: See Table 5.3
Annual Costs within a 12 Years Planning Period
Phase 1 is assumed implemented in year 2005 and Phase 2 is assumed implemented over 3 years (2009, 2010 and 2011). Therefore, the total costs for establishment of the improved HCW management system will be divided several years.
It is assumed that treatment plants and other equipment (incinerators, vehicles, containers etc.) have an economical lifetime of 5 years. After 5 years of operation, re-investments must be made for these facilities and equipment. Buildings and other infrastructure are assumed to last for more than 10 years. Therefore, no re-investments are assumed for these facilities within a 12 years financial planning period (2005 – 2016).
A detailed budget for the entire 12 years planning period is presented in Appendix 12. This budget is based on the assumption that all establishment and O&M costs within the planning period will be covered by average annual fee rates to be paid by the users (health facilities). At the end of the planning period, the accumulated cash flow will be zero, reflecting that all costs within the period have been covered by the fees.
Financing Aspects
The Health Care system in Uganda is financed mainly by public means through central government’s own resources, loans and donor contributions. Local governments’ contributions are very limited. Financing of the investments for improved HCRWM will be mainly through public financing directly through loans or through donor funding. For recurrent costs funds will be transferred to the health units and/or health subdistricts/hospitals and payments for operation/payment for HCRWM services directly i.e. for the use of the national facility.
The polluter-pays-principle will be used for the private clinics, implying they will need to pay the full costs. For this to be possible the private operated health units need to be forced to use the system, through regulation by MOH and NEMA.
Cost Recovery Aspects
Financing of the HCRWM is assumed to be through grants by central government, but a cost recovery scenario based on commercial interest rates is presented in appendix 12.3. The scenario presents the fees required for total cost recovery based on a commercial loan with interest of 15% and savings of 5%.
Annual Budgets
The annual investment costs are presented in appendix 12.1 and summarised below.
Table 5.5 Initial Annual Investment and Reinvestment Costs (mill. USHS per year)
|Year |Initial Investments |Reinvestments |
|2004 |550.0 |- |
|2005 |5,461.5 |- |
|2006 |330.0 |- |
|2007 |660.0 |- |
|2008 |660.0 |- |
|2009 |7,991.5 |- |
|2010 |7,434.9 |2,472.8 |
|2011 |7,433.8 |- |
|2012 |55.0 |- |
|2013 |55.0 |- |
|2014 |55.0 |1,578.5 |
|2015 |55.0 |3,769.7 |
|2016 |55.0 |228.8 |
The Annual operation and maintenance costs are presented below.
Table 5.6 Annual Operation and Maintenance Costs (mill. USHS per year)
|Year |Phase 1 - Initial Implementation |Phase 2 -Nationwide |
| | |Implementation |
|2004 |- |- |
|2005 |- |- |
|2006 |501.2 |- |
|2007 |501.2 |- |
|2008 |501.2 |- |
|2009 |501.2 |- |
|2010 |501.2 |485.1 |
|2011 |501.2 |969.3 |
|2012 |501.2 |1,455.5 |
|2013 |501.2 |1,455.5 |
|2014 |501.2 |1,455.5 |
|2015 |501.2 |1,455.5 |
|2016 |501.2 |1,455.5 |
EDUCATION AND TRAINING ASPECTS
The main areas of focus for education and training aspects (Human Resource Development) to overcome the present weaknesses and be able to improve HCRWM in Uganda with the proposed institutional changes include:
Development of guidelines for HCRWM, by level for dissemination and use by all health facilities. The guidelines will be prepared in the next stage of this study.
Contracts management: The proposal is to privatise some of the functions of operating the HCRWM system and this requires staff of Ministry of Health, District Directorates of Health, District and Regional Hospitals, Health Subdistricts and Health Units to be able to draw up contracts on HCRWM, tender and supervise the contractors. The private sector in Uganda is developing and also requires support in managing contracts (tendering, carrying out contracts etc).
Capital Investments Planning: The public and the private sector will require support in planning for future investments in HCRWM.
Information management: In order to improve on planning and supervision staff will be trained in monitoring and evaluation.
Environmental management: Health Care wastes have to be managed in an environmentally sustainable way and health care staff will receive training in environmental assessment and environmental management procedures.
The main strategy to be used for human resource development is on the job training. Other strategies will be seminars, workshops and short training courses and exchange visits. During the development of guidelines for HCRM a detailed task analysis and training needs analysis will be carried out and training programmes detailed.
Training will be carried by Trainers of Trainers (TOTs), who will be identified from health training institutions and among the core staff involved in HCRWM.
For a HCRWM system to be established and to succeed, the key factor is commitment from the Health Care authorities concerned as well as local authorities and communities using the services as well as those living in close proximity to the health care facilities and wastes disposal sites. This means that it can only be established where the local health authorities including statutory committees and local community has recognised the need for it, and is prepared to fully support it. Alongside the capacity building and training of wastes handlers and health care staff there will be a public awareness campaign on improved HCRWM using social marketing techniques through the media and other channels like posters.
It is assumed the Institutional Strengthening and human resource development will be carried out through Consultancy Technical Assistance support. Costs for technical assistance are included in appendix 12.
LIST OF REFERENCES
/1/ Feasibility Study into the Disposal of Expired Drugs and Medical and other Health Care Waste in Uganda, Carl Bro International a|s, May 1997.
/2/ Safe Management of Wastes From Health Care Activities, World Health Organisation, 1999.
/3/ Health Facilities Inventory, October 2002, Health Infrastructure Division, Ministry of Health, Uganda.
/4/ The National Drug Authority Statute, 1995
/5/ The National Environment Statute, 1995
/6/ National Health Policy of 1999
/7/ Public Health Act of 1964
/8/ National Environment management Policy of 1995
/9/ National Environment Action Plan of 1996
/10/ National Environment (Waste Management) Regulations, 1999
/11/ Local Government Act, 1997
/12/ Injection Safety Policy Development in Uganda, presentation by Lonna Shafritz etal, 2003
/13/ Environmental Audit Guidelines for Uganda, NEMA, 1999
/14/ Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment in Uganda, NEMA, 1997
/15/ Inception Report, Improvement of Health Care Waste Management in Uganda, Carl Bro International a/s, February 2004
/16/ Ridding the World of POPs: A guide to the Stockholm Convention on Persistant Organic Pollutants, UNEP, April 2005
/17/ Draft Guidelines for Solid Waste Management in Uganda, NEMA, undated
/18/ Technical Guidelines on the Environmentally Sound Management of Biomedical and Healthcare Wastes, Secretariat of Basel Convention, September 2003
/19/ Preparation of National Health-Care Waste management Plans in Sub-Saharan Countries, Guidance Manual, Secretariat of Basel Convention and World Health Organization
/20/ Basel Convention Technical Guidelines on Incineration on Land, UNEP, November 2002
ANNEX 8: ENVIRONMENTAL GUIDELINES FOR RURAL WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION PROJECTS
Checklist
To facilitate the screening process for environmental and social impacts as required by OP 4.01, as well as good environmental project design, the following points should be considered by the task teams:
• Water allocation:
❑ It is important that the community or the water utility has the right to abstract the required amount of water, which should be recognized in the overall planning and management of water resources. The amount may be small, but it is a priority and must be protected[3].
• Water quantity:
❑ To prevent water-washed diseases (scabies, body lice, tropical ulcers) and several eye infections (trachoma, conjunctivitis) which tend to spread due to poor hygiene, water supply systems for a minimum level of service should be designed to deliver at least 20 liters per person per day (plus wastage) without excessive queuing[4].
• Water quality:
❑ Protection of ground water and surface water;
❑ Determine applicability of water quality standards: if national drinking water quality policy is not available, use WHO drinking water quality standards;
❑ Ensure testing and treatment for parasites, hazardous chemicals, bacteria, viruses;
❑ Frequency and responsibility for water quality testing;
❑ Frequency and responsibility for treatment of water sources;
❑ Responsibility for monitoring and water quality control at the household level (beneficiaries, water user associations)
❑ Responsibility for monitoring and water quality control at the district level/project level (official authorities);
❑ Technical adequacy, quality and safety of bulk storage facilities;
❑ Technical adequacy, safety and protection of pumping facilities.
• Source protection:
❑ Look at the natural and human activities that take place around the well or spring box;
❑ If a surface water source is used, there needs to be an understanding how these activities affect the water quality at the point of withdrawal;
❑ Take steps to minimize the negative impacts of these activities, i.e. standing water that could become a breeding site for vector (malaria);
❑ Consider methods such as pollution prevention or conservation and land use management to prevent source contamination;
❑ Consider source protection activities such as waste reduction and recycling;
❑ Distance of a water supply system intake from potential sources of contamination should be: (i) 50 m from latrines, cattle pens, refuse pits; (ii) 100 m from soak pits, trenches and sub-surface sewage disposal; (iii) 150 from cesspools, sanitary land fill areas, and graves[5];
❑ Use of water has to take place downstream and at a distance from the water source;
❑ Effective design and construction of abstraction facilities.
• Sanitation:
❑ Choice of appropriate facilities (latrines, septic tanks, pour-flush toilets) in cooperation with communities;
❑ Ensure good design and construction of facilities;
❑ Consider availability of open space at the end of the latrines’ design life[6];
❑ Consider long-term capacity of latrines to dispose of all household liquid wastes;
❑ Consider safe ground infiltration rates[7];
❑ Consider reliability of latrine emptying service;
❑ Consider the availability of fresh water and toilets in schools;
❑ Consider the availability of fresh water and toilets at public facilities such as markets, community centers, centers of worship;
❑ Consider potential wastewater issues and incorporate appropriate wastewater disposal systems to prevent mosquito breeding and bad odors;
❑ Consider appropriate waste water collection/removal methods (i.e. the use of trucks, carts);
❑ Identification of waste disposal sites (existing or new ones);
❑ Appropriate waste water management method (i.e. use of wetlands, ponds, treatment facilities, out falls);
❑ Monitoring responsibility and control over waste water quality disposal standards;
❑ Keeping drainage channels free of weeds to avoid cracking of the channel walls;
❑ Keeping drainage channels free of debris and wastewater from households, particularly detergents, and local industries.
• Hygiene education programs to address:
❑ Health and hygiene measures for the protection of water supplies;
❑ Selection and design of sanitation facilities;
❑ Proper siting of facilities with respect to water supplies;
❑ Design of sanitation facilities with respect to operation and maintenance;
❑ Operation and maintenance of the water supply systems;
❑ Awareness raising concerning the connection between standing water pools and health impacts due to associated mosquito breeding.
• Water reuse:
❑ As appropriate, consider technologies and management strategies designed to reuse waste water in rural agriculture which in turn can reduce environmental pollution;
❑ Adopt standards for waste water reuse;
❑ As appropriate, consult EPA guidelines for reclaimed water treatment processes and water quality limits for both, non-potable water and indirect potable reuse applications[8].
• Environmental monitoring indicators:
❑ Microbiological indicators such as E. coli, the single most important indicator of faecal contamination of water by humans or animals. It can be tested in the field (using field test kits with portable incubators) or in the laboratory[9];
❑ Physical-chemical indicators such as flouride, nitrate/nitrite, pH, turbidity, chlorine residual;
❑ If necessary, identify sources of secondary information that allows for the monitoring of health impacts (i.e. decline in the number of cases of diarrhea; increase in the number of latrines used);
❑ Consult the publication “Environmental Performance Indicators” for guidance in the development of environmental monitoring indicators.
• Community participation: Factors that seem to favor community management across organizational types include[10]:
❑ Timely educational and training inputs;
❑ Building on the country’s social and cultural traditions;
❑ Continuity of staffing;
❑ Giving more attention to training in administration for projects that depend upon community management;
❑ Systematic encouragement of inter-visitation between villages;
❑ The use of project champions;
❑ Providing organizations with computers;
❑ Associate local ownership of infrastructure with the stronger local organizations.
• Safeguard policies: To identify the applicable safeguard policies, the following environmental and social aspects need to be considered:
❑ Magnitude of construction;
❑ Location of the project: i.e. near protected areas, sensitive areas, etc.;
❑ Effects of water withdrawals on water availability (i.e. ground water);
❑ Effects on downstream activities;
❑ Effects on quality of water sources
❑ Need for land acquisition.
[pic]
Ministry of Water and Environment
Directorate of Water Development
Environmental Monitoring Template
for
Water and Sanitation
March 2007
(Water and Sanitation Sector District Implementation Manual Annex 9.1)
Table of Contents
Background 2
Introduction 2
Environmental monitoring Template Error! Bookmark not defined.
ISSUES TO NOTE Error! Bookmark not defined.
Bibliography Error! Bookmark not defined.
Background
The Rural Sub-sector study resulted into a 15-year Strategy and Investment Plan (SIP 15). According to this plan access to safe water supply and sanitation facilities would increase from 50% in 2000 to 77% in 2015. Based on the SIP15 a 5-year Operational Plan (OP5) for the Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Sub-sector was developed with the overall purpose of making the SIP15 operational.
The OP5 is an action plan which aims at building the capacity of the sector and consolidating the institutional reform to ensure that the provision of water and sanitation facilities is done in a proper manner, is sustainable and equitably distributed. The OP5 refers to guidelines and standards on environmental protection.
Introduction
The increased pressure on land due to population growth, industrial development and poor land use practices are affecting the sustainability of water resources in terms of quantity and quality. The management of water catchment areas have direct and indirect impacts on the sustainability of watering points. The hydrological flow and water table stabilization calls for conservation of the watershed areas around watering points. Until recently in the implementation of water supply, too little attention has been given to water quality issues. The use of bad quality water is the reason for many waterborne diseases including diarrhoea, dysentery, gastro-enteritis, cholera, hepatitis and typhoid fever among others.
The key objective of this template is to assist stakeholders monitor environmental and operation and maintenance issues of water points by identifying the major sources of pollution near the water point site and to propose a minimum distance and appropriate standards for the construction of future water points. For the existing water points built in potential areas of pollution, recommendations are given.
Use of this template is intended to lead to the fulfilment of the following objectives:
▪ Environmental awareness created among the community/villagers and prevention of further pollution.
▪ Negative environmental impacts of planned and implemented activities minimised.
▪ Potable water is free of contamination.
It should be noted that the environmental template is not intended to replace other documents (eg from Ministry of Local Government and other sources) on environmental issues. Instead it compliments them with emphasis on water points. The environmental template includes information on site selection with respect to pit latrines, human settlements, graves, crop growing and kraals. Guidance for fencing of the water source is given. Roles and responsibilities for the water user committee and caretaker are given, as well as ‘do’s and don’ts’ for the community to consider after water source completion. The template includes a form to assist district extension staff in collecting field information.
Planning the construction of a water point
When planning the construction of a water point, the following considerations need to be made (Figure 1):
• Locate the water point at least 50m from pit latrines. For uphill pit latrines the distance should be at least 80m.
• Graveyards are also a source of contamination. The water point should be located at least 50m from an existing graveyard.
• Avoid building water points near human settlements to minimise the risk of pollution. The water points should be located at least 50m away from homes.
• Water points should never be constructed any closer than 50m from Kraals.
Table 1 sets out the does and don’ts for the community to follow at the time of planning water points.
Figure 1 Siting of Water Points
Table 1 Does and
Table 1 Does and don’ts for the community to follow when planning water points
|Does |
|Select location and construction based on available hydrological and hydro geological data. |
|The Water and Sanitation Committee must enforce bylaws (eg hygiene use of the water) |
|Involve the community, including women and men, boys and girls, in siting and technology choice. |
|Situate the water point in areas that can easily be drained so that excess water does not stagnate around it, and create a |
|potential breeding ground for mosquitoes. |
|Make sure that the water point has a drainage channel to carry spilled water into soak-ways. |
|Align with stones the line outside of the apron and drainage channel of the handpump (well, borehole) with stones to prohibit soil |
|erosion. Provide a cut-off drain alongside the springs and gravity flow streams. |
|Ensure that there are no cracks in the platforms or retaining wall before the water point construction works is completed. |
|Observe the environmental conditions or land use activities in water catchment area. |
|Observe the threats to the wetlands, which act to recharge water tables. |
|Consider other water points in the area prior the provision new one so that there is minimal impact on water table lowering. |
|Monitor water flow for both dry and wet season before selection of the site. |
|Secure at least 50m x 100m land in the upstream/surrounding area of water point in order to conserve water shed under natural |
|vegetation cover. |
|Don’ts |
|Don’t locate the water point near bathing, washing and recreation activities. |
|Don’t locate the water point near small-scale industries such as garages, petrol stations, brick making activities and tannery. |
|Don’t site a water point in areas that flood during the rainy season. |
|Don’t locate water point near waste dumpsite or sanitary landfill. |
|Don’t locate the water point in nuclear wetland. |
|Don’t locate the water point near the fish farming pounds to avoid conflicting of interests |
|Don’t locate the water point near cattle spraying race of dip tanks |
The community should fence the water point to protect it from interference and contamination by animals and human activities (Figure 2 and Figure 3):
• For the spring it is necessary to fence off the area in the vicinity of the catchment and extending 54 to 180 steps (30 to 100m, or 98 - 328ft) above it.
• For hand pumps (shallow wells, boreholes) a fence should be constructed with a minimum distance of 5 steps (3m, or 10ft) around the apron and 1 step (60cm, or 3ft) along the drainage channel. The area of the fence in line with the pump handle should have vertical poles restricting movement of the handle within one vertical plane. The pump handle should have as well cross bars restricting how far above and below the handle can move.
• For gravity flow schemes a fence should be constructed around the intake extending 54 to 180 steps ((30 to 100m, or 98 - 328ft). A fence should also be constructed along the tap-stand with a minimum distance of 1 step (60cm, or 2ft) around the apron and the drainage channel.
Figure 2 Fenced Handpump
Figure 3 Protected Spring
After Completion of Works
Once construction has been completed, the Water User Committee should:
▪ hold regular meetings
▪ mobilise the community for sanitation and hygiene improvement,
▪ maintain an up-to-date record of water users,
▪ mobilise users to pay for operational and maintenance cost and properly look after water point funds, and
▪ Ensure preventive maintenance, i.e. carry out minor service and/or major service on repairs cracks, etc.
The caretaker should:
▪ show the users how to use the water source properly,
▪ maintain the fence around the pump,
▪ keep the area around the water point clean,
▪ undertake environmental protection measures, such as planting high water absorbing plants at the end of the drainage channel, protection of the water catchment and ensuring that users do not pollute the water point,
▪ promote hygienic handling of water by using clean containers among users and
▪ Monitor the groundwater level in the wells, and the yield of the springs.
Table 2 sets out the does and don’ts for the community to consider after completion of works.
Table 2 Does and Don’t for the community after completion of works
|Does |
|Collect water in clean containers and store it in clean containers to avoid water contamination. |
|Promote boiling for drinking water. |
|Plant grass in the surroundings of the water point to avoid the risk of flooding and landslides. Flooding might wipe-out/destroy |
|the water point. |
|Line the area around the drainage channel with stones to protect it from erosion. |
|Keep the cut-off drainage clean. |
|Keep the drainage working properly to eliminate the mosquito breeding sites. |
|Ensure that the water point sites are clean, fenced and protected from any kind of vandalism and misuse. |
|Ensure at all times that the fence is repaired and kept in good condition. |
|Carry out preventive maintenance on the well, borehole and handpump. |
|Ensure that the water point drainage channel and the soak-away is kept clean. |
|Check the water quality for presence of faecal coli forms and nitrates for areas where existing pit latrines are located near the |
|water point (less than 50m steps below the water point and 80m for uphill ones), |
|Ensure that there are no cracks in the slab or loose pump base of the hand-pump (well, borehole). |
|If the well is old or poorly cemented or if there are visible cracks in the casing, improvements to the well shall be done. Simple |
|methods of capping the well or sealing it at the surface could prove effective in eliminating further contamination. |
|Boiled drinking water at all times, if the water point is closer than 50m from a graveyard, latrine or Kraal. |
|Promote routine surveillance monitoring of water quantity and quality of water point |
|Plant indigenous grass to avoid introduction of exotic species which can be invasive in the environment |
|Don’ts |
|Avoid stagnant water since it is the breeding ground for mosquitoes, and a mosquito is the vector of malaria. |
|Prevent cracks in the handpump platform. If the handpump platform is old or poorly constructed and has visible cracks, this might |
|allow contamination enter the groundwater. |
|Avoid constructions of kraals, graveyards or pit latrines near the water point since they might contaminate the water. |
|Avoid either animal or human faeces lying around the water source. Neither animal/human faeces shall be buried closer than 30m from|
|the water source. Water becomes contaminated when it comes in contact with faecal material of human and animals. |
|Avoid dumping solid waste within 300m of the water source since it may contaminate the water. |
|Avoid the use of fertilisers and pesticides for crop activities in the surrounding of the water point. It is possible that |
|fertilisers and/or pesticides contaminate the water point by entering the groundwater through the soil. |
|Do not allow bathing in the water sources used for drinking. Water quality for recreational and religious bathing in not usually a |
|serious problem, but if the water source is used for drinking, bathing should not be allowed. Also bathing and washing clothes at |
|the water point produce accumulation of standing water. Stagnant water breeds mosquitoes. |
|No cars should be washed at water sources. While washing cars, oil might be spilled which will contaminate the water. |
|Do not allow the small-scale industries such as garages, petrol stations, alcohol distilling, brick making and tannery activities |
|within 90 steps from the water point. |
|Avoid washing clothes and kitchen utensils near the water points to minimize pollution by detergents. |
|Avoid establishing livestock watering points near water point avoid organic inputs from cow dung. |
Environmental monitoring Template
An environmental monitoring template[11] to assist District local Governments in collecting and keeping records of field information has been produced (Table 3). The template should assist the officials, mainly in the post construction monitoring of the water users, water facilities and the environment. District local Governments can use the information collected in the templates in identifying where to provide follow-on support, as well as data sources for the quarterly and annual reports.
The data collection shall be undertaken with the Community Mobilisation Officer; however, either the water facility caretaker or a member of the community shall answer the questionnaire. After the results of the questionnaire have been analysed, recommendations will be provided to the community. Some possible recommendations are given below, and should be used in guiding the communities to address any problems observed. One copy of the completed template should be left with the community, and one delivered to the District Water Officer for possible action.
There is no economical way to clean up contaminated water while it is in the ground. Instead, the options for taking action will likely be to treat the water, dig a new or deeper well, or switch to an alternative water supply. The choice among these options should be based on an expert evaluation of the source of the problem and a realistic assessment of the cost involved in each option.
Table 3 Environmental Monitoring Template
| | |Date of Field Visit: |Date of Field Visit: |Date of Field Visit: |
|Water Source |Name of water Point/Ref. Number | | | |
| |Type of Water Point | | | |
| |GPS references | | | |
|Location |Village | | | |
| |Parish | | | |
| |Sub County | | | |
| |County | | | |
| |District | | | |
|Functionality and |Functional/Not functional/Abandoned | | | |
|community | | | | |
|management | | | | |
| |Yield (1/s) | | | |
| |In use/not in use | | | |
| |Source status- okay/not okay | | | |
| |What is the water quality clear/dirty/taste/smelly/ others | | | |
| |Structure condition of slab/hand pump etc | | | |
| |WUC formed/not formed | | | |
| |No. of Men | | | |
| |No. of women | | | |
|Functionality and |Are there women with key positions (ie chairperson, | | | |
|community |vice-chairperson, treasurer, secretary). State positions | | | |
|management | | | | |
| |Is the WUC active (eg regular meetings, minutes, records)? | | | |
| |State how active. | | | |
| |Training and follow-up | | | |
| |Initial training completed (date) | | | |
| |Follow-up visits or training held (specify type and dates) | | | |
| |Home visits on hygiene and sanitation held- yes/no | | | |
| |Care taker equipped/not equipped | | | |
| |Facility fenced/not fenced | | | |
| |O&M fund collected/not collected | | | |
|Environmental |Surrounding clean/not clean (Indicate which wastes) | | | |
|Concerns | | | | |
| |Storm drain(springs & bore hole) available/not available | | | |
| |Drainage/soak pit exists- yes/no | | | |
| |Drainage/soak pit functional/not functional | | | |
| |Surface around water point bare/covered with grass | | | |
|Environmental |Activity around the water facility e.g.; Brick laying, | | | |
|Concerns |cattle kraals, car & cloth washing, car garage, grave yard. | | | |
| |Yes/No | | | |
| |Location of small scale industries like tannery, alcohol | | | |
| |distilling, or petrol stations/petroleum products storage | | | |
| |(distance in ft) | | | |
| |Establishment of horticultural activities (and other | | | |
| |activities that use pesticides). (If yes distance from water| | | |
| |point in feet) | | | |
| |Distance from nearest latrine (ft) | | | |
| |Any other potential contaminants in the surrounding | | | |
| |Is the water shed area well vegetated or being degraded? | | | |
| |Wetlands around the water sources conserved or being | | | |
| |degraded. | | | |
| |Additional Comments | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| |Officer |Officer |Officer |
| |Name in full: |Name in full: |Name in full: |
| |Designation: |Designation: |Designation: |
| |Sign: |Sign: |Sign: |
| |Date: |Date: |Date: |
| |Community Representative |Community Representative |Community Representative |
| |Name in full: |Name in full: |Name in full: |
| |Designation: |Designation: |Designation: |
| |Sign: |Sign: |Sign: |
| |Date: |Date: |Date: |
-----------------------
[1] Oracle based IFMS is also known as the First Tier IFMS.
[2] Second Tier IFMS is expected to be a system that will cost cheaper than the current Oracle Financial system but have acceptable control systems for PFM.
[3] Department for International Development, Guidance Manual on Water Supply and Sanitation Programmes, 1998
[4] Department for International Development, Guidance Manual on Water Supply and Sanitation Programmes, 1998
[5] Blankwaardt, Bob, “Hand drilled wells. A manual on siting, design, construction, and maintenance”, Rwegarulila Water Resources Institute, 1984 – Note: These criteria are partly based on the rate of movement of bacteria and viruses through soils and on their survival period. Although bacteria and viruses are largely retained by the first meter of soil around the sanitary and other installations listed, there have been actual recordings of them traveling the distances mentioned as a minimum. In cases of doubt, the responsible water or health authorities will have to decide whether an intake should be abandonned.
[6] 1-2 square meters for simple pit latrines; more than 12 square meters plus access space for twin pour-flush latrines
[7] These range from 50 litres/m2/day for gravel/coarse and medium sand to 8 litres/m2/day for silty clay loam, and clay loam; clay is considered unsuitable for soak pits. Most soils will dispose of human wastes safely when water consumption levels are low. As water use rises, however, infiltration rates increase and many soils, particularly those with a high clay and silt content will block up.
[8] Crook, J. “Water reuse criteria”, Proceedings, Third NSF International Symposium and Technology Expo on Small Drinking Water and Wastewater Systems, April 22-25, 2001
[9] U.S. Agency for International Development, “Water and Food Aid in Environmentally Sustainable Development”, An Environmental Study of Potable Water and Sanitation Activities within the Title II Program in Ethiopia, March 14, 2000
[10] World Bank, “Rural Water Projects: Lessons from OED Evaluations”, Operations Evaluation Department, OED Working Paper Series, March 2000. Note: The evaluation report of rural water projects concluded, among other things, that Bank-financed interventions have to be carefully adapted to the social characteristics of each village served if project outcomes are to be improved.
[11] The form was reviewed by a District Water Officers, a Community Mobilisation Officers and Sanitation Officers and then tested in the TSU 5 TSU 8 and TSU4 Districts. Comments from the various district staff and other sector stakeholders were incorporated into the final template that is being disseminated to the local governments.
-----------------------
District Local Govt.
National HCWM Committee
National Drug Authority
Ministry of Health
(Environment Department)
NEMA
DDHS
Municipal Health Officer
District Health Team
NGO & Private Hospitals
Municipal Health centres
District Hospital (WMT)
Health Sub-district/ HC IV
Reporting
Monitoring
Management
HC II
HC III
Private/NGO HC II & IIIs
District Healthcare Waste Management System
(Collection, treatment and Disposal)
District Local Govt.
National HCWM Committee
National Drug Authority
Ministry of Health
(Environment Department)
NEMA
DDHS
Municipal Health Officer
District Health Team
NGO & Private Hospitals
District Hospital (WMT)
Municipal Health centres
Health Sub-district/ HC IV
Reporting
Monitoring
Management
HC III
Private/NGO HC II & IIIs
HC II
District Healthcare Waste Management System
(Collection, treatment and Disposal)
The Republic of Uganda
[pic][pic]
At least 50m
At least80m
At least 50m
[pic]
[pic]
E1696
................
................
In order to avoid copyright disputes, this page is only a partial summary.
To fulfill the demand for quickly locating and searching documents.
It is intelligent file search solution for home and business.
Related download
- list of abbreviations and acronyms
- government agency acronym list shared services
- commonly used federal government acronyms
- acronyms undp united nations development programme
- list of acronyms humanitarianresponse
- glossary farm service agency
- list of acronyms
- list of acronyms world bank
- federal agencies aucd home
- federal agencies georgetown university
Related searches
- list of world issues
- list of real world problems
- list of historical events in world history
- list of world cultures
- list of world history events
- list of 1st world countries
- list of unesco world heritage sites
- world bank ease of doing business 2019
- list of world heritage sites
- list of world currency names
- list of major world cities
- list of acronyms for texting